projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
Fix a null-pointer dereference and some range checks.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
20 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include <stdio.h>
26 #include <ctype.h>
27
28 #include "as.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46 /* A "convient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation. */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #else
61 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
62 #endif
63
64 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
65 to store a copyright string. */
66 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
67 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
68
69 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
70 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
71
72 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
73 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
74 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
75 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
76 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
77 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
78
79 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
80 typedef int reloc_type;
81
82 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
83 #define obj_version obj_som_version
84 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
85
86 /* How to generate a relocation. */
87 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
88
89 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
90 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
91 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
92 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
93
94 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
95 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
96 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
97 #endif
98
99 #ifndef R_N0SEL
100 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
101 #endif
102
103 #ifndef R_N1SEL
104 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
105 #endif
106 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
107
108 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
109
110 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
111
112 struct unwind_desc
113 {
114 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
115 unsigned int millicode:1;
116 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
117 unsigned int region_desc:2;
118 unsigned int save_sr:2;
119 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
120 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
121 unsigned int args_stored:1;
122 unsigned int call_fr:5;
123 unsigned int call_gr:5;
124 unsigned int save_sp:1;
125 unsigned int save_rp:1;
126 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
127 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
128 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
129
130 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
131 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
132 unsigned int reserved:3;
133 unsigned int frame_size:27;
134 };
135
136 struct unwind_table
137 {
138 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
139 descriptor. */
140 unsigned int start_offset;
141 unsigned int end_offset;
142 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
143 };
144
145 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
146 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
147 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
148
149 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
150 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
151
152 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
153 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
154
155 struct call_info
156 {
157 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
158 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
159
160 /* Name of this function. */
161 symbolS *start_symbol;
162
163 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
164 symbolS *end_symbol;
165
166 /* Next entry in the chain. */
167 struct call_info *ci_next;
168 };
169
170 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
171 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
172 SGL and DBL). */
173 typedef enum
174 {
175 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
176 }
177 fp_operand_format;
178
179 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
180 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
181 (ELF has no need for it). */
182 typedef enum
183 {
184 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
185 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
186 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
187 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
188 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
189 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
190 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
191 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
192 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
193 }
194 pa_symbol_type;
195
196 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
197 individual instructions. */
198 struct pa_it
199 {
200 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
201 unsigned long opcode;
202
203 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
204 expressionS exp;
205
206 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
207 int pcrel;
208
209 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
210 fp_operand_format fpof1;
211 fp_operand_format fpof2;
212
213 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
214 int trunc;
215
216 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
217 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
218 long field_selector;
219
220 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
221 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
222 unsigned int arg_reloc;
223
224 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
225 int format;
226
227 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
228 reloc_type reloc;
229 };
230
231 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
232
233 +--------------+--------------+
234 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
235 +--------------+--------------+
236 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
237 +--------------+--------------+
238 | | |
239
240 . . .
241 . . .
242 . . .
243
244 | | |
245 +--------------+--------------+
246 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
247 +--------------+--------------+
248 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
249 +--------------+--------------+ */
250
251 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
252 struct call_desc
253 {
254 /* The argument relocation specification. */
255 unsigned int arg_reloc;
256
257 /* Number of arguments. */
258 unsigned int arg_count;
259 };
260
261 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
262 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
263 chain. */
264
265 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
266 {
267 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
268 unsigned int ssd_defined;
269
270 /* Name of this subspace. */
271 char *ssd_name;
272
273 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
274 asection *ssd_seg;
275 int ssd_subseg;
276
277 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
278 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
279 };
280
281 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
282
283 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
284 chain. */
285
286 struct space_dictionary_chain
287 {
288 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
289 as a default space. */
290 unsigned int sd_defined;
291
292 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
293 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
294
295 /* The space number (or index). */
296 unsigned int sd_spnum;
297
298 /* The name of this subspace. */
299 char *sd_name;
300
301 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
302 asection *sd_seg;
303
304 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
305 int sd_last_subseg;
306
307 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
308 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
309
310 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
311 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
312 };
313
314 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
315
316 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
317 dictionary entries. */
318
319 struct default_subspace_dict
320 {
321 /* Name of the subspace. */
322 char *name;
323
324 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
325 char defined;
326
327 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
328 char loadable;
329
330 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
331 char code_only;
332
333 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
334 char common;
335
336 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
337 to be multiply defined. */
338 char dup_common;
339
340 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
341 char zero;
342
343 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
344 unsigned char sort;
345
346 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
347 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
348 int access;
349
350 /* Index of containing space. */
351 int space_index;
352
353 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
354 int alignment;
355
356 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
357 int quadrant;
358
359 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
360 int def_space_index;
361
362 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
363 subsegT subsegment;
364 };
365
366 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
367 dictionary entries. */
368
369 struct default_space_dict
370 {
371 /* Name of the space. */
372 char *name;
373
374 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
375 assembly code numerically! */
376 int spnum;
377
378 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
379 char loadable;
380
381 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
382 char defined;
383
384 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
385 char private;
386
387 /* Sort key for this space. */
388 unsigned char sort;
389
390 /* Segment associated with this space. */
391 asection *segment;
392 };
393 #endif
394
395 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
396 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
397 label. */
398 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
399 {
400 struct symbol *lss_label;
401 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
402 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
403 #endif
404 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
405 segT lss_segment;
406 #endif
407 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
408 }
409 label_symbol_struct;
410
411 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
412 struct hppa_fix_struct
413 {
414 /* The field selector. */
415 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
416
417 /* Type of fixup. */
418 int fx_r_type;
419
420 /* Format of fixup. */
421 int fx_r_format;
422
423 /* Argument relocation bits. */
424 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
425
426 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
427 segT segment;
428 };
429
430 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
431
432 struct pd_reg
433 {
434 char *name;
435 int value;
436 };
437
438 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
439 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
440 struct fp_cond_map
441 {
442 char *string;
443 int cond;
444 };
445
446 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
447 string to a field selector type. */
448 struct selector_entry
449 {
450 char *prefix;
451 int field_selector;
452 };
453
454 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
455
456 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
457 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
458 #endif
459
460 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
461 static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
462 static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
463 static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
464 #endif
465 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
466 static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
467 static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
468 static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
469 static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
470 static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
471 static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
472 static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
473 static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
474 static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
475 static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
476 static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
477 static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
478 static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
479 static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
480 static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
481 static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
482 static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
483 static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
484 static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
485 static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
486 static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
487 static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
488 static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
489 static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
490 static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
491 static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
492 static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
493 static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
494 static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
495 static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
496 static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
497 static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
498 static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
499 static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
500 static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
501 static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
502 static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
503 static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
504 static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
505 static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
506 static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
507 static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
508 static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
509 static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
510 static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
511 static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
512 static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
513 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
514 static int log2 PARAMS ((int));
515 static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
516 static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
517 static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
518 static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
519 static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
520 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
521 int, int, int,
522 asection *, int));
523 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
524 char *, int, int,
525 int, int, int,
526 int, int, int, int,
527 int, asection *));
528 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
529 char *, int, int, int,
530 int, int, int, int,
531 int, int, int,
532 asection *));
533 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
534 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
535 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
536 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
537 subsegT));
538 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
539 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
540 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
541 static int pa_next_subseg PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *));
542 static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
543 #endif
544 static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
545 static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
546 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
547 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
548 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
549 int, unsigned int, int *));
550 static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
551 static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
552 static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
553 static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
554 static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
555 static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
556 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
557 static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
558
559 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
560 static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
561 static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
562 static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
563 static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
564 #endif
565
566 /* File and gloally scoped variable declarations. */
567
568 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
569 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
570 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
571 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
572
573 /* The current space and subspace. */
574 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
575 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
576 #endif
577
578 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
579 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
580
581 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
582 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
583 function labels. */
584 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
585
586 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
587 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
588
589 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
590 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
591
592 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
593 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
594 dependent tables? */
595 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
596 {
597 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
598 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
599 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
600 {"align", pa_align, 8},
601 #endif
602 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
603 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
604 #endif
605 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
606 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
607 {"block", pa_block, 1},
608 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
609 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
610 {"call", pa_call, 0},
611 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
612 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)
613 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
614 #else
615 {"code", pa_text, 0},
616 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
617 #endif
618 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
619 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
620 #endif
621 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
622 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
623 {"data", pa_data, 0},
624 #endif
625 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
626 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
627 {"end", pa_end, 0},
628 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
629 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
630 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
631 #endif
632 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
633 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
634 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
635 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
636 {"export", pa_export, 0},
637 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
638 {"file", dwarf2_directive_file, 0 },
639 #endif
640 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
641 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
642 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
643 {"import", pa_import, 0},
644 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
645 {"label", pa_label, 0},
646 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
647 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
648 {"level", pa_level, 0},
649 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
650 {"loc", dwarf2_directive_loc, 0 },
651 #endif
652 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
653 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
654 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
655 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
656 #endif
657 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
658 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
659 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
660 {"param", pa_param, 0},
661 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
662 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
663 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
664 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
665 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
666 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
667 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
668 {"space", pa_space, 0},
669 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
670 #endif
671 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
672 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
673 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
674 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
675 #endif
676 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
677 {"text", pa_text, 0},
678 #endif
679 {"version", pa_version, 0},
680 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
681 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
682 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
683 #endif
684 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
685 {NULL, 0, 0}
686 };
687
688 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
689 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
690 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
691
692 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
693 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
694 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
695
696 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
697 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
698
699 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
700 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
701 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
702
703 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
704 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
705
706 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
707 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
708
709 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
710 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
711
712 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
713 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
714 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
715 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
716
717 static struct pa_it the_insn;
718
719 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expressoin
720 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
721 variable. */
722 static char *expr_end;
723
724 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
725 static int callinfo_found;
726
727 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
728 static int within_entry_exit;
729
730 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
731 static int within_procedure;
732
733 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
734 seen in each subspace. */
735 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
736
737 /* Holds the last field selector. */
738 static int hppa_field_selector;
739
740 /* Nonzero when strict syntax checking is enabled. Zero otherwise.
741
742 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or not
743 strict syntax checking should be enabled for that instruction. */
744 static int strict = 0;
745
746 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
747 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
748 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
749 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
750 register has a `r' suffix. */
751 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
752 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
753 static int pa_number;
754
755 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
756 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
757 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
758 #endif
759
760 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
761 static int print_errors = 1;
762
763 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
764
765 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
766 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
767
768 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
769 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
770
771 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
772 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
773 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
774 again have the value <REGNUM>.
775
776 Many registers also have synonyms:
777
778 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
779 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
780 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
781 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
782 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
783
784 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
785 here for brevity.
786
787 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
788
789 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
790 {
791 {"%arg0", 26},
792 {"%arg1", 25},
793 {"%arg2", 24},
794 {"%arg3", 23},
795 {"%cr0", 0},
796 {"%cr10", 10},
797 {"%cr11", 11},
798 {"%cr12", 12},
799 {"%cr13", 13},
800 {"%cr14", 14},
801 {"%cr15", 15},
802 {"%cr16", 16},
803 {"%cr17", 17},
804 {"%cr18", 18},
805 {"%cr19", 19},
806 {"%cr20", 20},
807 {"%cr21", 21},
808 {"%cr22", 22},
809 {"%cr23", 23},
810 {"%cr24", 24},
811 {"%cr25", 25},
812 {"%cr26", 26},
813 {"%cr27", 27},
814 {"%cr28", 28},
815 {"%cr29", 29},
816 {"%cr30", 30},
817 {"%cr31", 31},
818 {"%cr8", 8},
819 {"%cr9", 9},
820 {"%dp", 27},
821 {"%eiem", 15},
822 {"%eirr", 23},
823 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
824 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
825 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
826 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
827 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
828 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
829 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
830 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
831 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
832 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
833 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
834 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
835 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
836 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
837 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
838 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
839 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
840 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
841 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
842 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
843 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
844 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
845 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
846 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
847 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
848 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
849 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
850 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
851 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
852 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
853 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
854 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
855 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
856 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
857 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
858 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
859 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
860 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
861 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
862 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
863 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
864 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
865 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
866 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
867 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
868 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
869 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
870 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
871 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
872 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
873 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
874 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
875 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
876 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
877 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
878 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
879 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
880 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
881 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
882 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
883 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
884 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
885 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
886 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
887 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
888 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
889 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
890 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
891 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
892 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
893 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
894 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
895 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
896 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
897 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
898 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
899 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
900 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
901 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
902 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
903 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
904 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
905 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
906 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
907 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
908 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
909 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
910 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
911 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
912 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
913 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
914 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
915 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
916 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
917 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
918 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
919 {"%hta", 25},
920 {"%iir", 19},
921 {"%ior", 21},
922 {"%ipsw", 22},
923 {"%isr", 20},
924 {"%itmr", 16},
925 {"%iva", 14},
926 {"%pcoq", 18},
927 {"%pcsq", 17},
928 {"%pidr1", 8},
929 {"%pidr2", 9},
930 {"%pidr3", 12},
931 {"%pidr4", 13},
932 {"%ppda", 24},
933 {"%r0", 0},
934 {"%r1", 1},
935 {"%r10", 10},
936 {"%r11", 11},
937 {"%r12", 12},
938 {"%r13", 13},
939 {"%r14", 14},
940 {"%r15", 15},
941 {"%r16", 16},
942 {"%r17", 17},
943 {"%r18", 18},
944 {"%r19", 19},
945 {"%r2", 2},
946 {"%r20", 20},
947 {"%r21", 21},
948 {"%r22", 22},
949 {"%r23", 23},
950 {"%r24", 24},
951 {"%r25", 25},
952 {"%r26", 26},
953 {"%r27", 27},
954 {"%r28", 28},
955 {"%r29", 29},
956 {"%r3", 3},
957 {"%r30", 30},
958 {"%r31", 31},
959 {"%r4", 4},
960 {"%r5", 5},
961 {"%r6", 6},
962 {"%r7", 7},
963 {"%r8", 8},
964 {"%r9", 9},
965 {"%rctr", 0},
966 {"%ret0", 28},
967 {"%ret1", 29},
968 {"%rp", 2},
969 {"%sar", 11},
970 {"%sp", 30},
971 {"%sr0", 0},
972 {"%sr1", 1},
973 {"%sr2", 2},
974 {"%sr3", 3},
975 {"%sr4", 4},
976 {"%sr5", 5},
977 {"%sr6", 6},
978 {"%sr7", 7},
979 {"%tr0", 24},
980 {"%tr1", 25},
981 {"%tr2", 26},
982 {"%tr3", 27},
983 {"%tr4", 28},
984 {"%tr5", 29},
985 {"%tr6", 30},
986 {"%tr7", 31}
987 };
988
989 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
990 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
991 for < first, we would get a false match. */
992 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
993 {
994 {"false?", 0},
995 {"false", 1},
996 {"true?", 30},
997 {"true", 31},
998 {"!<=>", 3},
999 {"!?>=", 8},
1000 {"!?<=", 16},
1001 {"!<>", 7},
1002 {"!>=", 11},
1003 {"!?>", 12},
1004 {"?<=", 14},
1005 {"!<=", 19},
1006 {"!?<", 20},
1007 {"?>=", 22},
1008 {"!?=", 24},
1009 {"!=t", 27},
1010 {"<=>", 29},
1011 {"=t", 5},
1012 {"?=", 6},
1013 {"?<", 10},
1014 {"<=", 13},
1015 {"!>", 15},
1016 {"?>", 18},
1017 {">=", 21},
1018 {"!<", 23},
1019 {"<>", 25},
1020 {"!=", 26},
1021 {"!?", 28},
1022 {"?", 2},
1023 {"=", 4},
1024 {"<", 9},
1025 {">", 17}
1026 };
1027
1028 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1029 {
1030 {"f", e_fsel},
1031 {"l", e_lsel},
1032 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1033 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1034 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1035 {"ls", e_lssel},
1036 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1037 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1038 {"n", e_nsel},
1039 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1040 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1041 {"p", e_psel},
1042 {"r", e_rsel},
1043 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1044 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1045 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1046 {"rs", e_rssel},
1047 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1048 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1049 {"t", e_tsel},
1050 };
1051
1052 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1053 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1054
1055 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1056 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1057
1058 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1059 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1060 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1061 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1062 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1063 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1064 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1065 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1066 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1067
1068 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1069 {
1070 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1071 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1072 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1073 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1074 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1075 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1076 };
1077
1078 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1079 {
1080 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1081 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1082 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1083 };
1084
1085 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1086
1087 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1088 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1089 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1090 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1091 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1092
1093 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1094 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1095 #endif
1096
1097 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1098 a right or left half of a FP register */
1099 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1100 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1101
1102 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1103 main loop after insertion. */
1104
1105 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1106 { \
1107 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1108 continue; \
1109 }
1110
1111 /* Simple range checking for FIELD againt HIGH and LOW bounds.
1112 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1113
1114 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1115 { \
1116 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1117 { \
1118 if (! IGNORE) \
1119 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1120 (int) (FIELD));\
1121 break; \
1122 } \
1123 }
1124
1125 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD againt ALIGN (a power of two).
1126 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1127
1128 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1129 { \
1130 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1131 { \
1132 if (! IGNORE) \
1133 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1134 (int) (FIELD));\
1135 break; \
1136 } \
1137 }
1138
1139 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1140 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1141 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1142
1143 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1144 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1145 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1146
1147 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1148 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1149 need real complex handling yet. */
1150 #define is_complex(exp) \
1151 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1152
1153 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1154
1155 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1156 proc/procend pairs match. */
1157
1158 void
1159 pa_check_eof ()
1160 {
1161 if (within_entry_exit)
1162 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1163
1164 if (within_procedure)
1165 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1166 }
1167
1168 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1169 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1170
1171 static label_symbol_struct *
1172 pa_get_label ()
1173 {
1174 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1175
1176 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1177 label_chain;
1178 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1179 {
1180 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1181 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1182 return label_chain;
1183 #endif
1184 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1185 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1186 return label_chain;
1187 #endif
1188 }
1189
1190 return NULL;
1191 }
1192
1193 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1194 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1195
1196 void
1197 pa_define_label (symbol)
1198 symbolS *symbol;
1199 {
1200 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1201
1202 if (label_chain)
1203 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1204 else
1205 {
1206 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1207 label_chain
1208 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1209 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1210 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1211 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1212 #endif
1213 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1214 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1215 #endif
1216 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1217
1218 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1219 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1220
1221 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1222 }
1223 }
1224
1225 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1226 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1227
1228 static void
1229 pa_undefine_label ()
1230 {
1231 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1232 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1233
1234 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1235 label_chain;
1236 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1237 {
1238 if (1
1239 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1240 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1241 #endif
1242 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1243 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1244 #endif
1245 )
1246 {
1247 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1248 if (prev_label_chain)
1249 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1250 else
1251 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1252
1253 free (label_chain);
1254 break;
1255 }
1256 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1257 }
1258 }
1259
1260 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1261 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1262 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1263 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1264 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1265 tc_fix_data field. */
1266
1267 static void
1268 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1269 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1270 fragS *frag;
1271 int where;
1272 int size;
1273 symbolS *add_symbol;
1274 offsetT offset;
1275 expressionS *exp;
1276 int pcrel;
1277 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1278 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1279 int r_format;
1280 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1281 int* unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1282 {
1283 fixS *new_fix;
1284
1285 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1286 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1287
1288 if (exp != NULL)
1289 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1290 else
1291 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1292 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1293 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1294 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1295 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1296 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1297 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1298 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1299 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1300 new_fix->fx_offset = *unwind_bits;
1301 #endif
1302
1303 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1304 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1305 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1306 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1307 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1308 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1309 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1310 }
1311
1312 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1313 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1314
1315 void
1316 parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1317 expressionS *exp;
1318 {
1319 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1320 expression (exp);
1321 }
1322
1323 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1324 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1325
1326 void
1327 cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1328 fragS *frag;
1329 int where;
1330 int size;
1331 expressionS *exp;
1332 {
1333 unsigned int rel_type;
1334
1335 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1336 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1337 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1338 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1339 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1340 else
1341 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1342
1343 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1344 {
1345 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1346 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1347 }
1348
1349 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1350 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1351 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, NULL);
1352
1353 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1354 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1355 }
1356
1357 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1358 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1359
1360 void
1361 md_begin ()
1362 {
1363 const char *retval = NULL;
1364 int lose = 0;
1365 unsigned int i = 0;
1366
1367 last_call_info = NULL;
1368 call_info_root = NULL;
1369
1370 /* Set the default machine type. */
1371 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
1372 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1373
1374 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1375 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1376 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1377 {
1378 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1379 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1380 }
1381
1382 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1383 pa_spaces_begin ();
1384 #endif
1385
1386 op_hash = hash_new ();
1387
1388 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1389 {
1390 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1391 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1392 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1393 {
1394 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1395 lose = 1;
1396 }
1397 do
1398 {
1399 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1400 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1401 {
1402 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1403 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1404 lose = 1;
1405 }
1406 ++i;
1407 }
1408 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1409 }
1410
1411 if (lose)
1412 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1413
1414 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1415 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1416 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1417 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1418 #endif
1419
1420 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1421 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1422 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1423 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1424 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1425 #endif
1426 }
1427
1428 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1429 void
1430 md_assemble (str)
1431 char *str;
1432 {
1433 char *to;
1434
1435 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1436 assert (str);
1437
1438 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1439 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1440 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1441
1442 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1443 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1444 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1445 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1446 {
1447 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1448
1449 if (label_symbol)
1450 {
1451 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1452 {
1453 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1454 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1455 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1456 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1457 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1458 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1459 if (within_entry_exit)
1460 {
1461 char *where = frag_more (0);
1462
1463 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1464 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1465 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
1466 (int *)&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1467 }
1468 #endif
1469 }
1470 else
1471 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1472 }
1473 else
1474 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1475 }
1476
1477 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1478 pa_ip (str);
1479
1480 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instrution. */
1481 to = frag_more (4);
1482
1483 /* Output the opcode. */
1484 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1485
1486 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1487 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1488 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1489 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1490 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1491 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, NULL);
1492
1493 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1494 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1495 #endif
1496 }
1497
1498 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1499 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1500
1501 static void
1502 pa_ip (str)
1503 char *str;
1504 {
1505 char *error_message = "";
1506 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1507 const char *args;
1508 int match = FALSE;
1509 int comma = 0;
1510 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1511 unsigned long opcode;
1512 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1513
1514 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1515 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1516 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1517 #endif
1518
1519 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1520 case. */
1521 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1522 if (isupper (*s))
1523 *s = tolower (*s);
1524
1525 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1526 for (s = str; isupper (*s) || islower (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3'); ++s)
1527 ;
1528
1529 switch (*s)
1530 {
1531
1532 case '\0':
1533 break;
1534
1535 case ',':
1536 comma = 1;
1537
1538 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1539
1540 case ' ':
1541 *s++ = '\0';
1542 break;
1543
1544 default:
1545 as_fatal (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1546 }
1547
1548 save_s = str;
1549
1550 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1551 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1552 {
1553 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1554 return;
1555 }
1556
1557 if (comma)
1558 {
1559 *--s = ',';
1560 }
1561
1562 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1563 start processing them. */
1564 argstart = s;
1565 for (;;)
1566 {
1567 /* Do some initialization. */
1568 opcode = insn->match;
1569 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1570 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1571
1572 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1573
1574 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
1575 then set a new architecture. */
1576 /* But do not automatically promote to pa2.0. The automatic promotion
1577 crud is for compatability with HP's old assemblers only. */
1578 if (insn->arch < 20
1579 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1580 {
1581 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
1582 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
1583 }
1584 else if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1585 {
1586 match = FALSE;
1587 goto failed;
1588 }
1589
1590 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1591 sure that the operands match. */
1592 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1593 {
1594 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1595 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1596 s++;
1597
1598 switch (*args)
1599 {
1600
1601 /* End of arguments. */
1602 case '\0':
1603 if (*s == '\0')
1604 match = TRUE;
1605 break;
1606
1607 case '+':
1608 if (*s == '+')
1609 {
1610 ++s;
1611 continue;
1612 }
1613 if (*s == '-')
1614 continue;
1615 break;
1616
1617 /* These must match exactly. */
1618 case '(':
1619 case ')':
1620 case ',':
1621 case ' ':
1622 if (*s++ == *args)
1623 continue;
1624 break;
1625
1626 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1627 case 'b':
1628 case '^':
1629 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1630 break;
1631 num = pa_number;
1632 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1633 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1634
1635 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1636 is there. */
1637 case '!':
1638 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1639 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1640 s = s + 1;
1641
1642 if (!strncasecmp(s, "%sar", 4))
1643 {
1644 s += 4;
1645 continue;
1646 }
1647 else if (!strncasecmp(s, "%cr11", 5))
1648 {
1649 s += 5;
1650 continue;
1651 }
1652 break;
1653
1654 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1655 case 'x':
1656 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1657 break;
1658 num = pa_number;
1659 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1660 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1661
1662 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1663 case 't':
1664 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1665 break;
1666 num = pa_number;
1667 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1668 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1669
1670 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1671 case 'a':
1672 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1673 break;
1674 num = pa_number;
1675 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1676 opcode |= num << 16;
1677 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1678
1679 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1680 case 'T':
1681 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1682 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1683 break;
1684 s = expr_end;
1685 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1686 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1687
1688 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1689 case '5':
1690 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1691 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1692 break;
1693 s = expr_end;
1694 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1695 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1696 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1697 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1698 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1699
1700 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1701 case 'V':
1702 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1703 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1704 break;
1705 s = expr_end;
1706 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1707 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1708 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1709 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1710 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1711
1712 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1713 case 'r':
1714 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1715 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1716 break;
1717 s = expr_end;
1718 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1719 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1720
1721 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1722 case 'R':
1723 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1724 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1725 break;
1726 s = expr_end;
1727 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1728 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1729
1730 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1731 case 'U':
1732 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1733 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1734 break;
1735 s = expr_end;
1736 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1737 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1738
1739 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1740 case 's':
1741 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1742 break;
1743 num = pa_number;
1744 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1745 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1746
1747 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1748 case 'S':
1749 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1750 break;
1751 num = pa_number;
1752 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1753 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1754 continue;
1755
1756 /* Handle all completers. */
1757 case 'c':
1758 switch (*++args)
1759 {
1760
1761 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1762 case 'x':
1763 {
1764 int uu = 0;
1765 int m = 0;
1766 int i = 0;
1767 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1768 {
1769 s++;
1770 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1771 {
1772 uu = 1;
1773 m = 1;
1774 s++;
1775 i++;
1776 }
1777 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1778 m = 1;
1779 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1780 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1781 uu = 1;
1782 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1783 else if (strict)
1784 {
1785 s--;
1786 break;
1787 }
1788 else
1789 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1790 s++;
1791 i++;
1792 }
1793 if (i > 2)
1794 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1795 opcode |= m << 5;
1796 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1797 }
1798
1799 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1800 case 'm':
1801 case 'q':
1802 case 'J':
1803 case 'e':
1804 {
1805 int a = 0;
1806 int m = 0;
1807 if (*s == ',')
1808 {
1809 int found = 0;
1810 s++;
1811 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1812 {
1813 a = 0;
1814 m = 1;
1815 found = 1;
1816 }
1817 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1818 {
1819 a = 1;
1820 m = 1;
1821 found = 1;
1822 }
1823
1824 /* When in strict mode, pass through for cache op. */
1825 if (!found && strict)
1826 s--;
1827 else
1828 {
1829 if (!found)
1830 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1831 s += 2;
1832 }
1833 }
1834 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1835 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1836 else if (*args == 'e')
1837 break;
1838
1839 /* 'J', 'm' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1840 encode the before/after field. */
1841 if (*args == 'm')
1842 {
1843 opcode |= m << 5;
1844 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1845 }
1846 else if (*args == 'q')
1847 {
1848 opcode |= m << 3;
1849 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1850 }
1851 else if (*args == 'J')
1852 {
1853 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1854 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1855 }
1856 else if (*args == 'e')
1857 {
1858 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
1859 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
1860 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
1861 opcode |= a;
1862 continue;
1863 }
1864 }
1865
1866 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1867 case 's':
1868 {
1869 int a = 0;
1870 int m = 0;
1871 int i = 0;
1872 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1873 {
1874 s++;
1875 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1876 m = 1;
1877 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1878 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1879 a = 0;
1880 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1881 a = 1;
1882 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1883 else if (strict)
1884 {
1885 s--;
1886 break;
1887 }
1888 else
1889 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1890 s++;
1891 i++;
1892 }
1893 if (i > 2)
1894 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1895 opcode |= m << 5;
1896 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1897 }
1898
1899 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1900 case 'c':
1901 cmpltr = 0;
1902 if (!strncmp(s, ",sl", 3))
1903 {
1904 s += 3;
1905 cmpltr = 2;
1906 }
1907 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1908
1909 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1910 case 'C':
1911 cmpltr = 0;
1912 if (!strncmp(s, ",sl", 3))
1913 {
1914 s += 3;
1915 cmpltr = 2;
1916 }
1917 else if (!strncmp(s, ",bc", 3))
1918 {
1919 s += 3;
1920 cmpltr = 1;
1921 }
1922 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1923
1924 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1925 case 'd':
1926 cmpltr = 0;
1927 if (!strncmp(s, ",co", 3))
1928 {
1929 s += 3;
1930 cmpltr = 1;
1931 }
1932 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1933
1934 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
1935 case 'o':
1936 if (strncmp(s, ",o", 2) != 0)
1937 break;
1938 s += 2;
1939 continue;
1940
1941 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
1942 case 'g':
1943 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
1944 break;
1945 s += 5;
1946 continue;
1947
1948 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
1949 case 'p':
1950 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
1951 break;
1952 s += 7;
1953 continue;
1954
1955 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
1956 case 'l':
1957 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
1958 break;
1959 s += 2;
1960 continue;
1961
1962 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
1963 case 'P':
1964 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
1965 break;
1966 s += 4;
1967 continue;
1968
1969 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
1970 case 'L':
1971 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
1972 break;
1973 s += 2;
1974 continue;
1975
1976 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
1977 case 'w':
1978 flag = 0;
1979 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
1980 {
1981 flag = 1;
1982 s += 2;
1983 }
1984 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
1985 {
1986 flag = 0;
1987 s += 2;
1988 }
1989
1990 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
1991
1992 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
1993 case 'W':
1994 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
1995 break;
1996 s += 2;
1997 continue;
1998
1999 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2000 case 'r':
2001 flag = 0;
2002 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2003 {
2004 flag = 5;
2005 s += 2;
2006 }
2007
2008 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2009
2010 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2011 case 'Z':
2012 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2013 {
2014 flag = 1;
2015 s += 2;
2016 }
2017 else
2018 flag = 0;
2019
2020 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2021
2022 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2023 case 'i':
2024 flag = 0;
2025 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2026 {
2027 flag = 1;
2028 s += 2;
2029 }
2030
2031 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2032
2033 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2034 case 'z':
2035 flag = 1;
2036 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2037 {
2038 flag = 0;
2039 s += 2;
2040 }
2041
2042 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2043
2044 /* Handle add completer. */
2045 case 'a':
2046 flag = 1;
2047 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2048 {
2049 flag = 2;
2050 s += 2;
2051 }
2052 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2053 {
2054 flag = 3;
2055 s += 4;
2056 }
2057
2058 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2059
2060 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2061 case 'Y':
2062 flag = 0;
2063 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2064 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2065 {
2066 flag = 1;
2067 s += 7;
2068 }
2069 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2070 {
2071 flag = 0;
2072 s += 3;
2073 }
2074 else
2075 break;
2076
2077 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2078
2079 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2080 case 'y':
2081 flag = 0;
2082 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2083 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2084 {
2085 flag = 1;
2086 s += 6;
2087 }
2088 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2089 {
2090 flag = 0;
2091 s += 2;
2092 }
2093 else
2094 break;
2095
2096 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2097
2098 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2099 case 'v':
2100 flag = 0;
2101 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2102 {
2103 flag = 1;
2104 s += 4;
2105 }
2106
2107 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2108
2109 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2110 case 't':
2111 flag = 0;
2112 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2113 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2114 {
2115 flag = 1;
2116 s += 7;
2117 }
2118 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2119 {
2120 flag = 0;
2121 s += 3;
2122 }
2123 else
2124 break;
2125
2126 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2127
2128 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2129 case 'B':
2130 flag = 0;
2131 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2132 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2133 {
2134 flag = 1;
2135 s += 7;
2136 }
2137 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2138 {
2139 flag = 0;
2140 s += 3;
2141 }
2142 else
2143 break;
2144
2145 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2146
2147 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2148 case 'b':
2149 flag = 0;
2150 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2151 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2152 {
2153 flag = 1;
2154 s += 6;
2155 }
2156 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2157 {
2158 flag = 0;
2159 s += 2;
2160 }
2161 else
2162 break;
2163
2164 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2165
2166 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2167 case 'T':
2168 flag = 0;
2169 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2170 {
2171 flag = 1;
2172 s += 3;
2173 }
2174
2175 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2176
2177 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2178 case 'S':
2179 {
2180 int sign = 1;
2181 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2182 {
2183 sign = 1;
2184 s += 2;
2185 }
2186 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2187 {
2188 sign = 0;
2189 s += 2;
2190 }
2191
2192 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2193 }
2194
2195 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2196 case 'h':
2197 if (*s++ == ',')
2198 {
2199 int lr = 0;
2200 if (*s == 'r')
2201 lr = 2;
2202 else if (*s == 'l')
2203 lr = 0;
2204 else
2205 as_bad(_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2206
2207 s++;
2208 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2209 }
2210 else
2211 as_bad(_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2212 break;
2213
2214 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2215 case 'H':
2216 {
2217 int sat = 3;
2218 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2219 {
2220 sat = 1;
2221 s += 3;
2222 }
2223 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2224 {
2225 sat = 0;
2226 s += 3;
2227 }
2228
2229 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2230 }
2231
2232 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2233 case '*':
2234 if (*s++ == ',')
2235 {
2236 int permloc[4];
2237 int perm = 0;
2238 int i = 0;
2239 permloc[0] = 13;
2240 permloc[1] = 10;
2241 permloc[2] = 8;
2242 permloc[3] = 6;
2243 for (; i < 4; i++)
2244 {
2245 switch (*s++)
2246 {
2247 case '0':
2248 perm = 0;
2249 break;
2250 case '1':
2251 perm = 1;
2252 break;
2253 case '2':
2254 perm = 2;
2255 break;
2256 case '3':
2257 perm = 3;
2258 break;
2259 default:
2260 as_bad(_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2261 }
2262 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2263 }
2264 continue;
2265 }
2266 else
2267 as_bad(_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2268 break;
2269
2270 default:
2271 abort ();
2272 }
2273 break;
2274
2275 /* Handle all conditions. */
2276 case '?':
2277 {
2278 args++;
2279 switch (*args)
2280 {
2281 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2282 case 'f':
2283 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2284 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2285
2286 /* Handle an add condition. */
2287 case 'A':
2288 case 'a':
2289 cmpltr = 0;
2290 flag = 0;
2291 if (*s == ',')
2292 {
2293 s++;
2294
2295 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2296 if (*args == 'A')
2297 {
2298 if (*s == '*')
2299 s++;
2300 else
2301 break;
2302 }
2303 else if (*s == '*')
2304 break;
2305 name = s;
2306
2307 name = s;
2308 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2309 s += 1;
2310 c = *s;
2311 *s = 0x00;
2312 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2313 cmpltr = 1;
2314 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2315 cmpltr = 2;
2316 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2317 cmpltr = 3;
2318 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2319 cmpltr = 4;
2320 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2321 cmpltr = 5;
2322 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2323 cmpltr = 6;
2324 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2325 cmpltr = 7;
2326 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2327 {
2328 cmpltr = 0;
2329 flag = 1;
2330 }
2331 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2332 {
2333 cmpltr = 1;
2334 flag = 1;
2335 }
2336 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2337 {
2338 cmpltr = 2;
2339 flag = 1;
2340 }
2341 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2342 {
2343 cmpltr = 3;
2344 flag = 1;
2345 }
2346 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2347 {
2348 cmpltr = 4;
2349 flag = 1;
2350 }
2351 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2352 {
2353 cmpltr = 5;
2354 flag = 1;
2355 }
2356 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2357 {
2358 cmpltr = 6;
2359 flag = 1;
2360 }
2361 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2362 {
2363 cmpltr = 7;
2364 flag = 1;
2365 }
2366 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2367 else if (*args == 'a')
2368 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2369 *s = c;
2370 }
2371 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2372 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2373
2374 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2375 case 'd':
2376 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2377 if (cmpltr < 0)
2378 {
2379 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2380 cmpltr = 0;
2381 }
2382 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2383
2384 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2385 case 'W':
2386 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2387 if (cmpltr < 0)
2388 {
2389 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2390 cmpltr = 0;
2391 }
2392 else
2393 {
2394 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2395 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2396 }
2397 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2398
2399 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2400 condition. */
2401 case '@':
2402 save_s = s;
2403 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2404 if (cmpltr < 0)
2405 {
2406 s = save_s;
2407 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2408 if (cmpltr < 0)
2409 {
2410 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2411 cmpltr = 0;
2412 }
2413 else
2414 {
2415 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2416 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2417 }
2418 }
2419 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2420
2421 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2422 case 'B':
2423 case 'b':
2424 cmpltr = 0;
2425 if (*s == ',')
2426 {
2427 s++;
2428
2429 if (*args == 'B')
2430 {
2431 if (*s == '*')
2432 s++;
2433 else
2434 break;
2435 }
2436 else if (*s == '*')
2437 break;
2438
2439 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2440 {
2441 cmpltr = 0;
2442 s++;
2443 }
2444 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2445 {
2446 cmpltr = 1;
2447 s += 2;
2448 }
2449 else
2450 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2451 }
2452 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2453
2454 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2455 case 'S':
2456 case 's':
2457 cmpltr = 0;
2458 flag = 0;
2459 if (*s == ',')
2460 {
2461 s++;
2462
2463 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2464 if (*args == 'S')
2465 {
2466 if (*s == '*')
2467 s++;
2468 else
2469 break;
2470 }
2471 else if (*s == '*')
2472 break;
2473 name = s;
2474
2475 name = s;
2476 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2477 s += 1;
2478 c = *s;
2479 *s = 0x00;
2480 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2481 cmpltr = 1;
2482 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2483 cmpltr = 2;
2484 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2485 cmpltr = 3;
2486 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2487 cmpltr = 4;
2488 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2489 cmpltr = 5;
2490 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2491 cmpltr = 6;
2492 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2493 cmpltr = 7;
2494 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2495 {
2496 cmpltr = 0;
2497 flag = 1;
2498 }
2499 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2500 {
2501 cmpltr = 1;
2502 flag = 1;
2503 }
2504 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2505 {
2506 cmpltr = 2;
2507 flag = 1;
2508 }
2509 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2510 {
2511 cmpltr = 3;
2512 flag = 1;
2513 }
2514 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2515 {
2516 cmpltr = 4;
2517 flag = 1;
2518 }
2519 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2520 {
2521 cmpltr = 5;
2522 flag = 1;
2523 }
2524 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2525 {
2526 cmpltr = 6;
2527 flag = 1;
2528 }
2529 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2530 {
2531 cmpltr = 7;
2532 flag = 1;
2533 }
2534 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2535 else if (*args != 'S')
2536 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2537 name);
2538 *s = c;
2539 }
2540 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2541 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2542
2543 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2544 case 't':
2545 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2546 if (cmpltr < 0)
2547 {
2548 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %c"), *s);
2549 cmpltr = 0;
2550 }
2551 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2552
2553 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2554 case 'n':
2555 save_s = s;
2556 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2557 if (cmpltr < 0)
2558 {
2559 s = save_s;
2560 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2561 if (cmpltr < 0)
2562 {
2563 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition."));
2564 cmpltr = 0;
2565 }
2566 else
2567 {
2568 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2569 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2570 }
2571 }
2572
2573 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2574
2575 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2576 case 'N':
2577 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2578 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2579 {
2580 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2581 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2582 }
2583 else
2584 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2585 break;
2586
2587 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2588
2589 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2590 case 'Q':
2591 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2592 if (cmpltr < 0)
2593 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2594 break;
2595
2596 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2597
2598 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2599 case 'L':
2600 case 'l':
2601 cmpltr = 0;
2602 flag = 0;
2603 if (*s == ',')
2604 {
2605 s++;
2606
2607 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2608 if (*args == 'L')
2609 {
2610 if (*s == '*')
2611 s++;
2612 else
2613 break;
2614 }
2615 else if (*s == '*')
2616 break;
2617
2618 name = s;
2619 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2620 s += 1;
2621 c = *s;
2622 *s = 0x00;
2623
2624 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2625 cmpltr = 1;
2626 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2627 cmpltr = 2;
2628 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2629 cmpltr = 3;
2630 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2631 cmpltr = 7;
2632 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2633 {
2634 cmpltr = 0;
2635 flag = 1;
2636 }
2637 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2638 {
2639 cmpltr = 1;
2640 flag = 1;
2641 }
2642 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2643 {
2644 cmpltr = 2;
2645 flag = 1;
2646 }
2647 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2648 {
2649 cmpltr = 3;
2650 flag = 1;
2651 }
2652 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2653 {
2654 cmpltr = 7;
2655 flag = 1;
2656 }
2657 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2658 else if (*args != 'L')
2659 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2660 *s = c;
2661 }
2662 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2663 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2664
2665 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2666 case 'X':
2667 case 'x':
2668 case 'y':
2669 cmpltr = 0;
2670 if (*s == ',')
2671 {
2672 save_s = s++;
2673
2674 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2675 if (*args == 'X')
2676 {
2677 if (*s == '*')
2678 s++;
2679 else
2680 break;
2681 }
2682 else if (*s == '*')
2683 break;
2684
2685 name = s;
2686 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2687 s += 1;
2688 c = *s;
2689 *s = 0x00;
2690 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2691 cmpltr = 1;
2692 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2693 cmpltr = 2;
2694 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2695 cmpltr = 3;
2696 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2697 cmpltr = 4;
2698 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2699 cmpltr = 5;
2700 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2701 cmpltr = 6;
2702 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2703 cmpltr = 7;
2704 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2705 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2706 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2707 {
2708 *s = c;
2709 s = save_s;
2710 continue;
2711 }
2712 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2713 else if (*args != 'X')
2714 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2715 *s = c;
2716 }
2717 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2718
2719 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2720 case 'U':
2721 case 'u':
2722 cmpltr = 0;
2723 flag = 0;
2724 if (*s == ',')
2725 {
2726 s++;
2727
2728 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2729 if (*args == 'U')
2730 {
2731 if (*s == '*')
2732 s++;
2733 else
2734 break;
2735 }
2736 else if (*s == '*')
2737 break;
2738
2739 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2740 {
2741 cmpltr = 2;
2742 s += 3;
2743 }
2744 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2745 {
2746 cmpltr = 3;
2747 s += 3;
2748 }
2749 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2750 {
2751 cmpltr = 4;
2752 s += 3;
2753 }
2754 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2755 {
2756 cmpltr = 6;
2757 s += 3;
2758 }
2759 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2760 {
2761 cmpltr = 7;
2762 s += 3;
2763 }
2764 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2765 {
2766 cmpltr = 0;
2767 flag = 1;
2768 s += 2;
2769 }
2770 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2771 {
2772 cmpltr = 2;
2773 flag = 1;
2774 s += 3;
2775 }
2776 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2777 {
2778 cmpltr = 3;
2779 flag = 1;
2780 s += 3;
2781 }
2782 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2783 {
2784 cmpltr = 4;
2785 flag = 1;
2786 s += 3;
2787 }
2788 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2789 {
2790 cmpltr = 6;
2791 flag = 1;
2792 s += 3;
2793 }
2794 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2795 {
2796 cmpltr = 7;
2797 flag = 1;
2798 s += 3;
2799 }
2800 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2801 {
2802 cmpltr = 1;
2803 flag = 0;
2804 s += 3;
2805 }
2806 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2807 {
2808 cmpltr = 5;
2809 flag = 0;
2810 s += 3;
2811 }
2812 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2813 {
2814 cmpltr = 1;
2815 flag = 1;
2816 s += 3;
2817 }
2818 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2819 {
2820 cmpltr = 5;
2821 flag = 1;
2822 s += 3;
2823 }
2824 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2825 else if (*args != 'U')
2826 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2827 }
2828 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2829 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2830
2831 default:
2832 abort ();
2833 }
2834 break;
2835 }
2836
2837 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2838 case 'n':
2839 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2840 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2841
2842 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2843 case 'N':
2844 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2845 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2846
2847 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2848 case 'L':
2849 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2850 s += 4;
2851 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2852 s += 4;
2853 else
2854 break;
2855 continue;
2856
2857 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2858 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2859 case 'h':
2860 get_expression (s);
2861 s = expr_end;
2862 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2863 {
2864 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2865 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2866 num++;
2867 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2868 }
2869 else
2870 break;
2871
2872 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2873 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2874 case 'm':
2875 get_expression (s);
2876 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2877 {
2878 s = expr_end;
2879 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2880 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2881 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2882 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2883 }
2884 else
2885 break;
2886
2887 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2888 case '=':
2889 {
2890 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2891 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2892 }
2893
2894 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2895 case 'i':
2896 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2897 get_expression (s);
2898 s = expr_end;
2899 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2900 {
2901 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2902 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2903 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2904 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2905 }
2906 else
2907 {
2908 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2909 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2910 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2911 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2912 else
2913 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2914 the_insn.format = 11;
2915 continue;
2916 }
2917
2918 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2919 case 'J':
2920 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2921 get_expression (s);
2922 s = expr_end;
2923 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2924 {
2925 int mb;
2926
2927 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
2928 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2929 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2930 good to rethink this. */
2931 mb = opcode & 1;
2932 opcode -= mb;
2933 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2934 if (mb != (num < 0))
2935 break;
2936 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2937 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
2938 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2939 }
2940 break;
2941
2942 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2943 case 'K':
2944 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2945 get_expression (s);
2946 s = expr_end;
2947 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2948 {
2949 int mb;
2950
2951 mb = opcode & 1;
2952 opcode -= mb;
2953 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2954 if (mb == (num < 0))
2955 break;
2956 if (num % 4)
2957 break;
2958 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2959 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
2960 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2961 }
2962 break;
2963
2964 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
2965 case '<':
2966 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2967 get_expression (s);
2968 s = expr_end;
2969 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2970 {
2971 int mb;
2972
2973 mb = opcode & 1;
2974 opcode -= mb;
2975 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2976 if (mb != (num < 0))
2977 break;
2978 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
2979 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
2980 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2981 }
2982 break;
2983
2984 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
2985 case '>':
2986 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2987 get_expression (s);
2988 s = expr_end;
2989 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2990 {
2991 int mb;
2992
2993 mb = opcode & 1;
2994 opcode -= mb;
2995 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2996 if (mb == (num < 0))
2997 break;
2998 if (num % 4)
2999 break;
3000 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3001 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3002 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3003 }
3004 break;
3005
3006 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
3007 case '#':
3008 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3009 get_expression (s);
3010 s = expr_end;
3011 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3012 {
3013 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3014 if (num & 0x7)
3015 break;
3016 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3017 if (num < 0)
3018 opcode |= 1;
3019 num &= 0x1fff;
3020 num >>= 3;
3021 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3022 }
3023 else
3024 {
3025 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3026 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3027 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3028 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3029 else
3030 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3031 the_insn.format = 14;
3032 continue;
3033 }
3034 break;
3035
3036 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3037 case 'd':
3038 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3039 get_expression (s);
3040 s = expr_end;
3041 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3042 {
3043 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3044 if (num & 0x3)
3045 break;
3046 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3047 if (num < 0)
3048 opcode |= 1;
3049 num &= 0x1fff;
3050 num >>= 2;
3051 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3052 }
3053 else
3054 {
3055 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3056 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3057 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3058 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3059 else
3060 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3061 the_insn.format = 14;
3062 continue;
3063 }
3064
3065 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3066 case 'j':
3067 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3068 get_expression (s);
3069 s = expr_end;
3070 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3071 {
3072 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3073 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3074 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3075 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3076 }
3077 else
3078 {
3079 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3080 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3081 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3082 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3083 else
3084 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3085 the_insn.format = 14;
3086 continue;
3087 }
3088
3089 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3090 case 'k':
3091 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3092 get_expression (s);
3093 s = expr_end;
3094 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3095 {
3096 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3097 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3098 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3099 continue;
3100 }
3101 else
3102 {
3103 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3104 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3105 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3106 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3107 else
3108 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3109 the_insn.format = 21;
3110 continue;
3111 }
3112
3113 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3114 case 'l':
3115 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3116 get_expression (s);
3117 s = expr_end;
3118 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3119 {
3120 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3121 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3122 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3123 continue;
3124 }
3125 else
3126 {
3127 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3128 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3129 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3130 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3131 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3132 else
3133 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3134 the_insn.format = 14;
3135 continue;
3136 }
3137
3138 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3139 case 'y':
3140 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3141 get_expression (s);
3142 s = expr_end;
3143 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3144 {
3145 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3146 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3147 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3148 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3149 continue;
3150 }
3151 else
3152 {
3153 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3154 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3155 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3156 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3157 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3158 else
3159 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3160 the_insn.format = 14;
3161 continue;
3162 }
3163
3164 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3165 case '&':
3166 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3167 get_expression (s);
3168 s = expr_end;
3169 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3170 {
3171 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3172 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3173 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3174 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3175 continue;
3176 }
3177 else
3178 {
3179 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3180 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3181 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3182 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3183 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3184 else
3185 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3186 the_insn.format = 14;
3187 continue;
3188 }
3189
3190 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3191 case 'w':
3192 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3193 get_expression (s);
3194 s = expr_end;
3195 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3196 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3197 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3198 "L$0\001"))
3199 {
3200 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3201 if (num % 4)
3202 {
3203 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3204 break;
3205 }
3206 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3207 num -= 8;
3208 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3209 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
3210 continue;
3211 }
3212 else
3213 {
3214 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3215 the_insn.format = 12;
3216 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3217 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3218 s = expr_end;
3219 continue;
3220 }
3221
3222 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3223 case 'W':
3224 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3225 get_expression (s);
3226 s = expr_end;
3227 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3228 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3229 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3230 "L$0\001"))
3231 {
3232 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3233 if (num % 4)
3234 {
3235 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3236 break;
3237 }
3238 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3239 num -= 8;
3240 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3241 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3242 continue;
3243 }
3244 else
3245 {
3246 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3247 the_insn.format = 17;
3248 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3249 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3250 continue;
3251 }
3252
3253 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3254 case 'X':
3255 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3256 get_expression (s);
3257 s = expr_end;
3258 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3259 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3260 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3261 "L$0\001"))
3262 {
3263 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3264 if (num % 4)
3265 {
3266 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3267 break;
3268 }
3269 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3270 num -= 8;
3271 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3272 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3273 }
3274 else
3275 {
3276 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3277 the_insn.format = 22;
3278 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3279 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3280 continue;
3281 }
3282
3283 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3284 case 'z':
3285 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3286 get_expression (s);
3287 s = expr_end;
3288 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3289 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3290 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3291 "L$0\001"))
3292 {
3293 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3294 if (num % 4)
3295 {
3296 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3297 break;
3298 }
3299 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3300 num -= 8;
3301 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3302 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3303 continue;
3304 }
3305 else
3306 {
3307 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3308 the_insn.format = 17;
3309 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3310 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3311 continue;
3312 }
3313
3314 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3315 case 'Z':
3316 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3317 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3318 {
3319 s += 4;
3320 continue;
3321 }
3322 else
3323 break;
3324
3325 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3326 case 'Y':
3327 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3328 break;
3329 s += 9;
3330 continue;
3331
3332 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3333 case '@':
3334 if (*s != '0')
3335 break;
3336 s++;
3337 continue;
3338
3339 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3340 case '.':
3341 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3342 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3343 break;
3344 s = expr_end;
3345 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3346 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3347
3348 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3349 case '*':
3350 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3351 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3352 break;
3353 s = expr_end;
3354 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3355 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3356
3357 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3358 case 'p':
3359 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3360 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3361 break;
3362 s = expr_end;
3363 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3364 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3365
3366 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3367 case '~':
3368 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3369 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3370 break;
3371 s = expr_end;
3372 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3373 num = 63 - num;
3374 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3375 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3376
3377 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3378 case '%':
3379 flag = 0;
3380 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3381 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3382 break;
3383 s = expr_end;
3384 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3385 num--;
3386 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3387 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3388 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3389
3390 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3391 case '|':
3392 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3393 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3394 break;
3395 s = expr_end;
3396 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3397 num--;
3398 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3399 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3400 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3401
3402 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3403 case 'P':
3404 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3405 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3406 break;
3407 s = expr_end;
3408 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3409 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3410
3411 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3412 case 'q':
3413 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3414 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3415 break;
3416 s = expr_end;
3417 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3418 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3419 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3420
3421 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3422 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3423 case 'B':
3424 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3425 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3426 break;
3427 s = expr_end;
3428 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3429 if (num & 0x20)
3430 ;
3431 else
3432 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3433 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3434
3435 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3436 case 'Q':
3437 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3438 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3439 break;
3440 s = expr_end;
3441 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3442 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3443
3444 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3445 case '$':
3446 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3447 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3448 break;
3449 s = expr_end;
3450 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3451 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3452
3453 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3454 case 'A':
3455 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3456 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3457 break;
3458 s = expr_end;
3459 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3460 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3461
3462 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3463 case 'D':
3464 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3465 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3466 break;
3467 s = expr_end;
3468 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
3469 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3470
3471 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3472 case 'v':
3473 if (*s++ != ',')
3474 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3475 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3476 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3477 break;
3478 s = expr_end;
3479 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3480 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3481
3482 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3483 case 'O':
3484 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3485 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3486 break;
3487 s = expr_end;
3488 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3489 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3490 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3491
3492 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3493 case 'o':
3494 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3495 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3496 break;
3497 s = expr_end;
3498 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3499 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3500
3501 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3502 case '0':
3503 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3504 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3505 break;
3506 s = expr_end;
3507 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3508 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3509 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3510
3511 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3512 case '1':
3513 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3514 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3515 break;
3516 s = expr_end;
3517 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3518 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3519 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3520
3521 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3522 case 'u':
3523 if (*s++ != ',')
3524 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3525 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3526 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3527 break;
3528 s = expr_end;
3529 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3530 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3531
3532 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3533 case '2':
3534 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3535 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3536 break;
3537 s = expr_end;
3538 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3539 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3540 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3541
3542 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3543 case '{':
3544 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3545 {
3546 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3547 s += 2;
3548 }
3549 else
3550 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3551 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3552 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3553 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3554 flag = SGL;
3555 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3556 flag = DBL;
3557 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3558 flag = QUAD;
3559 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3560
3561 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3562 case '_':
3563 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3564 s--;
3565 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3566 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3567 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3568 flag = SGL;
3569 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3570 flag = DBL;
3571 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3572 flag = QUAD;
3573 opcode |= flag << 13;
3574 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3575 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3576 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3577 {
3578 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3579 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3580 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3581 flag = 0;
3582 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3583 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3584 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3585 flag = 2;
3586 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3587 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3588 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3589 flag = 6;
3590 else
3591 abort ();
3592 }
3593 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3594 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3595 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3596 {
3597 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3598 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3599 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3600 flag = 1;
3601 else
3602 abort ();
3603 }
3604 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3605 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3606 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3607 {
3608 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3609 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3610 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3611 flag = 5;
3612 else
3613 abort ();
3614 }
3615 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3616 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3617
3618 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3619 case 'F':
3620 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3621 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3622 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3623
3624 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3625 case 'G':
3626 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3627 s--;
3628 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3629 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3630 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3631
3632 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3633 case 'I':
3634 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3635 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3636 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3637
3638 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3639 Only allows single and double precision. */
3640 case 'H':
3641 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3642 switch (flag)
3643 {
3644 case SGL:
3645 opcode |= 0x20;
3646 case DBL:
3647 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3648 continue;
3649
3650 case QUAD:
3651 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3652 default:
3653 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3654 }
3655 break;
3656
3657 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3658 case 'f':
3659 switch (*++args)
3660 {
3661 /* Float target register. */
3662 case 't':
3663 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3664 break;
3665 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3666 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3667 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3668
3669 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3670 case 'T':
3671 {
3672 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3673 break;
3674 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3675 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3676 opcode |= num;
3677
3678 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3679 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3680 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3681 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3682 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3683 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3684
3685 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3686 continue;
3687 }
3688
3689 /* Float operand 1. */
3690 case 'a':
3691 {
3692 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3693 break;
3694 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3695 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3696 opcode |= num << 21;
3697 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3698 {
3699 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3700 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3701 }
3702 continue;
3703 }
3704
3705 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3706 case 'X':
3707 case 'A':
3708 {
3709 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3710 break;
3711 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3712 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3713 opcode |= num << 21;
3714 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3715 continue;
3716 }
3717
3718 /* Float operand 2. */
3719 case 'b':
3720 {
3721 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3722 break;
3723 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3724 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3725 opcode |= num << 16;
3726 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3727 {
3728 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3729 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3730 }
3731 continue;
3732 }
3733
3734 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3735 case 'B':
3736 {
3737 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3738 break;
3739 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3740 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3741 opcode |= num << 16;
3742 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3743 continue;
3744 }
3745
3746 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3747 case 'C':
3748 {
3749 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3750 break;
3751 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3752 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3753 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3754 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3755 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3756 continue;
3757 }
3758
3759 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3760 case 'i':
3761 {
3762 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3763 break;
3764 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3765 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3766 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3767 {
3768 if (num < 16)
3769 {
3770 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3771 break;
3772 }
3773 num &= 0xF;
3774 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3775 }
3776 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3777 }
3778
3779 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3780 case 'j':
3781 {
3782 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3783 break;
3784 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3785 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3786 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3787 {
3788 if (num < 16)
3789 {
3790 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3791 break;
3792 }
3793 num &= 0xF;
3794 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3795 }
3796 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3797 }
3798
3799 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3800 case 'k':
3801 {
3802 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3803 break;
3804 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3805 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3806 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3807 {
3808 if (num < 16)
3809 {
3810 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3811 break;
3812 }
3813 num &= 0xF;
3814 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3815 }
3816 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3817 }
3818
3819 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3820 case 'l':
3821 {
3822 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3823 break;
3824 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3825 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3826 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3827 {
3828 if (num < 16)
3829 {
3830 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3831 break;
3832 }
3833 num &= 0xF;
3834 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3835 }
3836 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3837 }
3838
3839 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3840 case 'm':
3841 {
3842 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3843 break;
3844 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3845 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3846 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3847 {
3848 if (num < 16)
3849 {
3850 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3851 break;
3852 }
3853 num &= 0xF;
3854 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3855 }
3856 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3857 }
3858
3859 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3860 case 'E':
3861 case 'e':
3862 {
3863 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3864 break;
3865 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3866 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3867 opcode |= num << 16;
3868 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3869 {
3870 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3871 }
3872 continue;
3873 }
3874
3875 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3876 case 'x':
3877 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3878 break;
3879 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3880 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3881 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3882
3883 default:
3884 abort ();
3885 }
3886 break;
3887
3888 default:
3889 abort ();
3890 }
3891 break;
3892 }
3893
3894 failed:
3895 /* Check if the args matched. */
3896 if (match == FALSE)
3897 {
3898 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3899 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3900 {
3901 ++insn;
3902 s = argstart;
3903 continue;
3904 }
3905 else
3906 {
3907 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3908 return;
3909 }
3910 }
3911 break;
3912 }
3913
3914 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3915 }
3916
3917 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3918 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3919 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3920
3921 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
3922
3923 char *
3924 md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
3925 char type;
3926 char *litP;
3927 int *sizeP;
3928 {
3929 int prec;
3930 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
3931 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
3932 char *t;
3933
3934 switch (type)
3935 {
3936
3937 case 'f':
3938 case 'F':
3939 case 's':
3940 case 'S':
3941 prec = 2;
3942 break;
3943
3944 case 'd':
3945 case 'D':
3946 case 'r':
3947 case 'R':
3948 prec = 4;
3949 break;
3950
3951 case 'x':
3952 case 'X':
3953 prec = 6;
3954 break;
3955
3956 case 'p':
3957 case 'P':
3958 prec = 6;
3959 break;
3960
3961 default:
3962 *sizeP = 0;
3963 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
3964 }
3965 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
3966 if (t)
3967 input_line_pointer = t;
3968 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
3969 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
3970 {
3971 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
3972 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
3973 }
3974 return NULL;
3975 }
3976
3977 /* Write out big-endian. */
3978
3979 void
3980 md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
3981 char *buf;
3982 valueT val;
3983 int n;
3984 {
3985 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
3986 }
3987
3988 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
3989 format. */
3990
3991 arelent **
3992 tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
3993 asection *section;
3994 fixS *fixp;
3995 {
3996 arelent *reloc;
3997 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
3998 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
3999 arelent **relocs;
4000 reloc_type **codes;
4001 reloc_type code;
4002 int n_relocs;
4003 int i;
4004
4005 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
4006 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
4007 return &no_relocs;
4008
4009 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4010 assert (section != 0);
4011
4012 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4013
4014 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4015 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4016 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4017 fixp->fx_r_type,
4018 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4019 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4020 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4021 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4022
4023 if (codes == NULL)
4024 {
4025 as_bad (_("Cannot handle fixup at %s:%d"), fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line);
4026 abort ();
4027 }
4028
4029 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4030 ;
4031
4032 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4033 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4034 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4035 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4036
4037 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4038
4039 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4040 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4041 {
4042 default:
4043 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4044
4045 code = *codes[0];
4046
4047 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4048 switch (code)
4049 {
4050 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4051 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4052 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4053 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4054 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4055 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4056 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4057 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4058 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4059 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4060
4061 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4062 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4063 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4064 reloc->addend = 0;
4065 break;
4066
4067 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4068 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4069 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4070 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4071 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4072 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4073 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4074 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4075 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4076 fixp->fx_offset);
4077 break;
4078 #endif
4079
4080 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
4081 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
4082 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
4083 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
4084 /* Fall thru */
4085
4086 default:
4087 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4088 break;
4089 }
4090
4091 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4092 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4093 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4094 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4095 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4096
4097 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4098 break;
4099 }
4100 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
4101
4102 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4103 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4104 {
4105 code = *codes[i];
4106
4107 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4108 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4109 relocs[i]->howto =
4110 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4111 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4112 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4113
4114 switch (code)
4115 {
4116 case R_COMP2:
4117 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4118 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4119 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4120 assert (i == 1);
4121 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4122 relocs[0]->howto =
4123 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4124 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4125 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4126 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4127 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4128 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4129 relocs[1]->howto =
4130 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4131 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4132 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4133 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4134 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4135 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4136 relocs[2]->howto =
4137 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4138 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4139 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4140 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4141 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4142 relocs[3]->howto =
4143 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4144 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4145 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4146 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4147 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4148 relocs[4]->howto =
4149 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4150 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4151 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4152 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4153 goto done;
4154 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4155 case R_ABS_CALL:
4156 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4157 break;
4158
4159 case R_DLT_REL:
4160 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4161 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4162 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4163 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4164 (static link required).
4165
4166 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4167
4168 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4169 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4170 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4171 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4172 break;
4173
4174 case R_N_MODE:
4175 case R_S_MODE:
4176 case R_D_MODE:
4177 case R_R_MODE:
4178 case R_FSEL:
4179 case R_LSEL:
4180 case R_RSEL:
4181 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4182 case R_END_BRTAB:
4183 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4184 case R_N0SEL:
4185 case R_N1SEL:
4186 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4187 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4188 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4189 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4190 break;
4191
4192 case R_END_TRY:
4193 case R_ENTRY:
4194 case R_EXIT:
4195 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4196 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4197 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4198 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4199 break;
4200
4201 default:
4202 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4203 }
4204 }
4205
4206 done:
4207 #endif
4208
4209 return relocs;
4210 }
4211
4212 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4213
4214 void
4215 md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4216 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4217 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4218 register fragS *fragP;
4219 {
4220 unsigned int address;
4221
4222 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4223 {
4224 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4225 {
4226 case 0:
4227 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4228 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4229 know (fragP->fr_next);
4230 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4231 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4232 {
4233 fragP->fr_offset =
4234 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4235 - fragP->fr_address
4236 - fragP->fr_fix;
4237 }
4238 else
4239 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4240 break;
4241 }
4242 }
4243 }
4244
4245 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4246
4247 valueT
4248 md_section_align (segment, size)
4249 asection *segment;
4250 valueT size;
4251 {
4252 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4253 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4254
4255 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4256 }
4257
4258 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4259 int
4260 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4261 register fragS *fragP;
4262 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4263 {
4264 int size;
4265
4266 size = 0;
4267
4268 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4269 size++;
4270
4271 return size;
4272 }
4273 \f
4274 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4275 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4276 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4277 # else
4278 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4279 # endif
4280 #else
4281 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4282 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4283 # else
4284 const char *md_shortopts = "";
4285 # endif
4286 #endif
4287
4288 struct option md_longopts[] = {
4289 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4290 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4291 #endif
4292 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4293 };
4294 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
4295
4296 int
4297 md_parse_option (c, arg)
4298 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4299 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4300 {
4301 switch (c)
4302 {
4303 default:
4304 return 0;
4305
4306 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4307 case 'V':
4308 print_version_id ();
4309 break;
4310 #endif
4311 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4312 case 'c':
4313 warn_comment = 1;
4314 break;
4315 #endif
4316 }
4317
4318 return 1;
4319 }
4320
4321 void
4322 md_show_usage (stream)
4323 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4324 {
4325 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4326 fprintf (stream, _("\
4327 -Q ignored\n"));
4328 #endif
4329 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4330 fprintf (stream, _("\
4331 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4332 #endif
4333 }
4334 \f
4335 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4336
4337 symbolS *
4338 md_undefined_symbol (name)
4339 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4340 {
4341 return 0;
4342 }
4343
4344 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4345 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4346 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4347 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4348 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4349 #else
4350 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4351 #endif
4352
4353 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4354
4355 int
4356 md_apply_fix (fixP, valp)
4357 fixS *fixP;
4358 valueT *valp;
4359 {
4360 unsigned char *buf;
4361 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4362 offsetT new_val;
4363 int insn, val, fmt;
4364
4365 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4366 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4367 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4368 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4369 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4370 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4371 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4372 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4373 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4374 return 1;
4375
4376 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4377 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4378 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4379 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4380 {
4381 fixP->fx_offset = *valp;
4382 return 1;
4383 }
4384 #endif
4385 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4386 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4387 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4388 return 1;
4389 #endif
4390
4391 /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
4392 with the GAS fixup. */
4393 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4394 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
4395 {
4396 printf (_("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x at %s:%d"),
4397 fixP->fx_r_type, fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4398 return 0;
4399 }
4400
4401 buf = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
4402 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf);
4403 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4404
4405 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4406 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4407 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4408 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4409 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4410 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4411 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4412 && fmt != 32
4413 #endif
4414 )
4415 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4416 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4417 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4418 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4419 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4420 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4421 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4422 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4423 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4424 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4425 /* This is truly disgusting. The machine independent code blindly
4426 adds in the value of the symbol being relocated against. Damn! */
4427 else if (fmt == 32
4428 && fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4429 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != bfd_com_section_ptr)
4430 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp - S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy),
4431 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4432 #endif
4433 else
4434 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4435
4436 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4437 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4438 && fixP->fx_addsy
4439 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4440 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4441 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4442 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4443 && (*valp - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4444 || (fmt == 17 && *valp - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4445 || (fmt == 22 && *valp - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4446 #endif
4447 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4448 && (*valp - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4449 || (fmt == 22 && *valp - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4450 #endif
4451 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4452 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4453 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4454 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4455 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4456 {
4457 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4458 }
4459
4460 switch (fmt)
4461 {
4462 case 10:
4463 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
4464 val = new_val;
4465
4466 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4467 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4468 break;
4469 case -11:
4470 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
4471 val = new_val;
4472
4473 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4474 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4475 break;
4476 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4477 case 14:
4478 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
4479 val = new_val;
4480
4481 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4482 break;
4483
4484 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4485 case 21:
4486 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4487 val = new_val;
4488
4489 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4490 break;
4491
4492 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4493 case 11:
4494 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 1023, -1024, 0);
4495 val = new_val;
4496
4497 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4498 break;
4499
4500 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4501 case 12:
4502 CHECK_FIELD (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192, 0);
4503 val = new_val - 8;
4504
4505 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4506 break;
4507
4508 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4509 case 17:
4510 {
4511 offsetT distance = *valp;
4512
4513 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4514 range target, then we want to complain. */
4515 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4516 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4517 CHECK_FIELD (distance - 8, 262143, -262144, 0);
4518
4519 CHECK_FIELD (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144, 0);
4520 val = new_val - 8;
4521
4522 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4523 break;
4524 }
4525
4526 case 22:
4527 {
4528 offsetT distance = *valp;
4529
4530 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4531 range target, then we want to complain. */
4532 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4533 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4534 CHECK_FIELD (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
4535
4536 CHECK_FIELD (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
4537 val = new_val - 8;
4538
4539 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4540 break;
4541 }
4542
4543 case -10:
4544 val = new_val;
4545 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4546 break;
4547
4548 case -16:
4549 val = new_val;
4550 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4551 break;
4552
4553 case 16:
4554 val = new_val;
4555 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4556 break;
4557
4558 case 32:
4559 insn = new_val;
4560 break;
4561
4562 default:
4563 as_bad (_("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4564 return 0;
4565 }
4566
4567 /* Insert the relocation. */
4568 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4569 return 1;
4570 }
4571
4572 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4573 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4574
4575 long
4576 md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4577 fixS *fixP;
4578 {
4579 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4580 }
4581
4582 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4583 a statement. */
4584
4585 static int
4586 is_end_of_statement ()
4587 {
4588 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4589 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4590 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4591 }
4592
4593 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4594 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4595 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4596
4597 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4598 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4599 returned in `pa_number'.
4600
4601 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4602 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4603 not set.
4604
4605 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4606 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4607
4608 static int
4609 pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4610 char **s;
4611 int is_float;
4612 {
4613 int num;
4614 char *name;
4615 char c;
4616 symbolS *sym;
4617 int status;
4618 char *p = *s;
4619 boolean have_prefix;
4620
4621 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4622 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4623 p = p + 1;
4624
4625 pa_number = -1;
4626 have_prefix = 0;
4627 num = 0;
4628 if (!strict && isdigit (*p))
4629 {
4630 /* Looks like a number. */
4631
4632 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4633 {
4634 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4635 p += 2;
4636 while (isdigit (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4637 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4638 {
4639 if (isdigit (*p))
4640 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4641 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4642 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4643 else
4644 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4645 ++p;
4646 }
4647 }
4648 else
4649 {
4650 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4651 while (isdigit (*p))
4652 {
4653 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4654 ++p;
4655 }
4656 }
4657
4658 pa_number = num;
4659
4660 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4661 if (is_float)
4662 {
4663 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4664 if (! (is_float & 2))
4665 {
4666 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4667 {
4668 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4669 ++p;
4670 }
4671 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4672 {
4673 ++p;
4674 }
4675 }
4676 }
4677 }
4678 else if (*p == '%')
4679 {
4680 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4681 have_prefix = 1;
4682 name = p;
4683 p++;
4684 c = *p;
4685 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4686 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4687 slow. */
4688 if (c == 'r')
4689 {
4690 p++;
4691 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4692 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4693 {
4694 p += 2;
4695 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4696 p++;
4697 }
4698 else if (*p == 'p')
4699 {
4700 num = 2;
4701 p++;
4702 }
4703 else if (!isdigit (*p))
4704 {
4705 if (print_errors)
4706 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4707 num = -1;
4708 }
4709 else
4710 {
4711 do
4712 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4713 while (isdigit (*p));
4714 }
4715 }
4716 else
4717 {
4718 /* Do a normal register search. */
4719 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4720 {
4721 p = p + 1;
4722 c = *p;
4723 }
4724 *p = 0;
4725 status = reg_name_search (name);
4726 if (status >= 0)
4727 num = status;
4728 else
4729 {
4730 if (print_errors)
4731 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4732 num = -1;
4733 }
4734 *p = c;
4735 }
4736
4737 pa_number = num;
4738 }
4739 else
4740 {
4741 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4742 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4743 name = p;
4744 c = *p;
4745 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4746 {
4747 p = p + 1;
4748 c = *p;
4749 }
4750 *p = 0;
4751 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4752 {
4753 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4754 {
4755 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4756 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4757 register, so... */
4758 have_prefix = true;
4759 }
4760 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4761 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4762 else if (!strict)
4763 {
4764 if (print_errors)
4765 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4766 num = -1;
4767 }
4768 }
4769 else if (!strict)
4770 {
4771 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4772 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4773 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4774 compatability with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4775 if (*name == 0)
4776 num = 0;
4777 else
4778 {
4779 if (print_errors)
4780 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4781 num = -1;
4782 }
4783 }
4784 *p = c;
4785
4786 pa_number = num;
4787 }
4788
4789 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4790 {
4791 *s = p;
4792 return 1;
4793 }
4794 return 0;
4795 }
4796
4797 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
4798
4799 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4800 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4801
4802 static int
4803 reg_name_search (name)
4804 char *name;
4805 {
4806 int middle, low, high;
4807 int cmp;
4808
4809 low = 0;
4810 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4811
4812 do
4813 {
4814 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4815 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4816 if (cmp < 0)
4817 high = middle - 1;
4818 else if (cmp > 0)
4819 low = middle + 1;
4820 else
4821 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4822 }
4823 while (low <= high);
4824
4825 return -1;
4826 }
4827
4828 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4829 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4830
4831 static int
4832 need_pa11_opcode ()
4833 {
4834 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4835 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4836 {
4837 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4838 then set a new architecture. */
4839 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4840 {
4841 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4842 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4843 }
4844 return TRUE;
4845 }
4846 else
4847 return FALSE;
4848 }
4849
4850 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4851 code associated with the condition. */
4852
4853 static int
4854 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4855 char **s;
4856 {
4857 int cond, i;
4858
4859 cond = 0;
4860
4861 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4862 {
4863 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4864 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4865 {
4866 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4867 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4868 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4869 report an error. */
4870 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4871 {
4872 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4873 break;
4874 }
4875 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4876 *s = *s + 1;
4877 return cond;
4878 }
4879 }
4880
4881 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4882
4883 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4884 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4885 *s += 1;
4886
4887 return 0;
4888 }
4889
4890 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4891
4892 static int
4893 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4894 char **s;
4895 {
4896 int value;
4897
4898 value = 0;
4899 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4900 {
4901 value = 5;
4902 *s += 4;
4903 }
4904 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4905 {
4906 value = 9;
4907 *s += 4;
4908 }
4909 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
4910 {
4911 value = 13;
4912 *s += 4;
4913 }
4914 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
4915 {
4916 value = 17;
4917 *s += 4;
4918 }
4919 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
4920 {
4921 value = 1;
4922 *s += 3;
4923 }
4924 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
4925 {
4926 value = 6;
4927 *s += 4;
4928 }
4929 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
4930 {
4931 value = 2;
4932 *s += 3;
4933 }
4934 else
4935 {
4936 value = 0;
4937 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
4938 }
4939
4940 return value;
4941 }
4942
4943 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
4944 type. */
4945
4946 static fp_operand_format
4947 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
4948 char **s;
4949 {
4950 int format;
4951
4952 format = SGL;
4953 if (**s == ',')
4954 {
4955 *s += 1;
4956 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
4957 {
4958 format = SGL;
4959 *s += 4;
4960 }
4961 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
4962 {
4963 format = DBL;
4964 *s += 4;
4965 }
4966 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
4967 {
4968 format = QUAD;
4969 *s += 5;
4970 }
4971 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
4972 {
4973 format = W;
4974 *s += 2;
4975 }
4976 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
4977 {
4978 format = UW;
4979 *s += 3;
4980 }
4981 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
4982 {
4983 format = DW;
4984 *s += 3;
4985 }
4986 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
4987 {
4988 format = UDW;
4989 *s += 4;
4990 }
4991 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
4992 {
4993 format = QW;
4994 *s += 3;
4995 }
4996 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
4997 {
4998 format = UQW;
4999 *s += 4;
5000 }
5001 else
5002 {
5003 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5004 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5005 }
5006 }
5007
5008 return format;
5009 }
5010
5011 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5012 type. */
5013
5014 static fp_operand_format
5015 pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5016 char **s;
5017 {
5018 int format;
5019
5020 format = SGL;
5021 if (**s == ',')
5022 {
5023 *s += 1;
5024 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5025 {
5026 format = SGL;
5027 *s += 4;
5028 }
5029 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5030 {
5031 format = DBL;
5032 *s += 4;
5033 }
5034 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5035 {
5036 format = QUAD;
5037 *s += 5;
5038 }
5039 else
5040 {
5041 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5042 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5043 }
5044 }
5045
5046 return format;
5047 }
5048
5049 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5050
5051 static int
5052 pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5053 char **str;
5054 {
5055 int middle, low, high;
5056 int cmp;
5057 char name[4];
5058
5059 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5060 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5061 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5062 *str = *str + 1;
5063
5064 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5065 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5066 name[1] = 0;
5067 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5068 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5069 name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
5070 name[2] = 0;
5071 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5072 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5073 name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
5074 name[2] = tolower ((*str)[2]),
5075 name[3] = 0;
5076 else
5077 return e_fsel;
5078
5079 low = 0;
5080 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5081
5082 do
5083 {
5084 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5085 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5086 if (cmp < 0)
5087 high = middle - 1;
5088 else if (cmp > 0)
5089 low = middle + 1;
5090 else
5091 {
5092 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5093 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
5094 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5095 return e_fsel;
5096 #endif
5097 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5098 }
5099 }
5100 while (low <= high);
5101
5102 return e_fsel;
5103 }
5104
5105 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5106
5107 static int
5108 get_expression (str)
5109 char *str;
5110 {
5111 char *save_in;
5112 asection *seg;
5113
5114 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5115 input_line_pointer = str;
5116 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5117 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5118 || seg == undefined_section
5119 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5120 {
5121 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5122 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5123 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5124 return 1;
5125 }
5126 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5127 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5128 return 0;
5129 }
5130
5131 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5132 static int
5133 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5134 struct pa_it *insn;
5135 char **strp;
5136 {
5137 char *save_in;
5138
5139 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5140 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5141 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5142 expression (&insn->exp);
5143 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5144
5145 The PA assembly syntax is ambigious in a variety of ways. Consider
5146 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5147 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5148
5149 If we get a modulo expresion When looking for an absolute, we try
5150 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5151 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5152 {
5153 char *s, c;
5154 int retval;
5155
5156 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5157 s = *strp;
5158 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5159 s++;
5160
5161 c = *s;
5162 *s = 0;
5163
5164 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5165
5166 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5167 *s = c;
5168 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5169 }
5170 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5171 and return to our caller. */
5172 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5173 {
5174 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5175 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5176 return 0;
5177 }
5178 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5179 {
5180 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5181 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5182 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5183 return 0;
5184 }
5185 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5186 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5187 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5188 }
5189
5190 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5191 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5192 static int
5193 evaluate_absolute (insn)
5194 struct pa_it *insn;
5195 {
5196 offsetT value;
5197 expressionS exp;
5198 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5199
5200 exp = insn->exp;
5201 value = exp.X_add_number;
5202
5203 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5204 }
5205
5206 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5207 argument location number. */
5208
5209 static unsigned int
5210 pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5211 char *type_name;
5212 {
5213
5214 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5215 return 0;
5216 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5217 return 1;
5218 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5219 return 2;
5220 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5221 return 3;
5222 else
5223 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5224
5225 return 0;
5226 }
5227
5228 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5229 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5230
5231 static unsigned int
5232 pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5233 unsigned int reg;
5234 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5235 {
5236 unsigned int new_reloc;
5237
5238 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5239 switch (reg)
5240 {
5241 case 0:
5242 new_reloc <<= 8;
5243 break;
5244 case 1:
5245 new_reloc <<= 6;
5246 break;
5247 case 2:
5248 new_reloc <<= 4;
5249 break;
5250 case 3:
5251 new_reloc <<= 2;
5252 break;
5253 default:
5254 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5255 }
5256
5257 return new_reloc;
5258 }
5259
5260 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5261 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5262
5263 static int
5264 pa_parse_nullif (s)
5265 char **s;
5266 {
5267 int nullif;
5268
5269 nullif = 0;
5270 if (**s == ',')
5271 {
5272 *s = *s + 1;
5273 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5274 nullif = 1;
5275 else
5276 {
5277 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5278 nullif = 0;
5279 }
5280 *s = *s + 1;
5281 }
5282
5283 return nullif;
5284 }
5285
5286 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5287 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5288
5289 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5290 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5291 computational instruction. */
5292
5293 static int
5294 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5295 char **s;
5296 int isbranch;
5297 {
5298 int cmpltr;
5299 char *name = *s + 1;
5300 char c;
5301 char *save_s = *s;
5302 int nullify = 0;
5303
5304 cmpltr = 0;
5305 if (**s == ',')
5306 {
5307 *s += 1;
5308 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5309 *s += 1;
5310 c = **s;
5311 **s = 0x00;
5312
5313 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5314 {
5315 cmpltr = 1;
5316 }
5317 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5318 {
5319 cmpltr = 2;
5320 }
5321 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5322 {
5323 cmpltr = 3;
5324 }
5325 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5326 {
5327 cmpltr = 4;
5328 }
5329 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5330 {
5331 cmpltr = 5;
5332 }
5333 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5334 {
5335 cmpltr = 6;
5336 }
5337 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5338 {
5339 cmpltr = 7;
5340 }
5341 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5342 completer. */
5343 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5344 {
5345 cmpltr = 0;
5346 nullify = 1;
5347 }
5348 else
5349 {
5350 cmpltr = -1;
5351 }
5352 **s = c;
5353 }
5354
5355 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5356 if (nullify)
5357 *s = save_s;
5358
5359 return cmpltr;
5360 }
5361
5362 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5363 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5364
5365 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5366 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5367 computational instruction. */
5368
5369 static int
5370 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5371 char **s;
5372 int isbranch;
5373 {
5374 int cmpltr;
5375 char *name = *s + 1;
5376 char c;
5377 char *save_s = *s;
5378 int nullify = 0;
5379
5380 cmpltr = 0;
5381 if (**s == ',')
5382 {
5383 *s += 1;
5384 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5385 *s += 1;
5386 c = **s;
5387 **s = 0x00;
5388
5389 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5390 {
5391 cmpltr = 0;
5392 }
5393 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5394 {
5395 cmpltr = 1;
5396 }
5397 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5398 {
5399 cmpltr = 2;
5400 }
5401 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5402 {
5403 cmpltr = 3;
5404 }
5405 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5406 {
5407 cmpltr = 4;
5408 }
5409 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5410 {
5411 cmpltr = 5;
5412 }
5413 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5414 {
5415 cmpltr = 6;
5416 }
5417 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5418 {
5419 cmpltr = 7;
5420 }
5421 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5422 completer. */
5423 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5424 {
5425 cmpltr = 0;
5426 nullify = 1;
5427 }
5428 else
5429 {
5430 cmpltr = -1;
5431 }
5432 **s = c;
5433 }
5434
5435 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5436 if (nullify)
5437 *s = save_s;
5438
5439 return cmpltr;
5440 }
5441
5442 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5443 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5444
5445 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5446 returned as 8-15. */
5447
5448 static int
5449 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5450 char **s;
5451 {
5452 int cmpltr;
5453 char *name = *s + 1;
5454 char c;
5455
5456 cmpltr = -1;
5457 if (**s == ',')
5458 {
5459 *s += 1;
5460 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5461 *s += 1;
5462 c = **s;
5463 **s = 0x00;
5464
5465 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5466 {
5467 cmpltr = 0;
5468 }
5469 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5470 {
5471 cmpltr = 1;
5472 }
5473 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5474 {
5475 cmpltr = 2;
5476 }
5477 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5478 {
5479 cmpltr = 3;
5480 }
5481 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5482 {
5483 cmpltr = 4;
5484 }
5485 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5486 {
5487 cmpltr = 5;
5488 }
5489 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5490 {
5491 cmpltr = 6;
5492 }
5493 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5494 {
5495 cmpltr = 7;
5496 }
5497 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5498 {
5499 cmpltr = 8;
5500 }
5501 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5502 {
5503 cmpltr = 9;
5504 }
5505 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5506 {
5507 cmpltr = 10;
5508 }
5509 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5510 {
5511 cmpltr = 11;
5512 }
5513 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5514 {
5515 cmpltr = 12;
5516 }
5517 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5518 {
5519 cmpltr = 13;
5520 }
5521 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5522 {
5523 cmpltr = 14;
5524 }
5525 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5526 {
5527 cmpltr = 15;
5528 }
5529 else
5530 {
5531 cmpltr = -1;
5532 }
5533 **s = c;
5534 }
5535
5536 return cmpltr;
5537 }
5538
5539 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5540 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5541
5542 static int
5543 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5544 char **s;
5545 {
5546 int cmpltr;
5547 char *name = *s + 1;
5548 char c;
5549
5550 cmpltr = -1;
5551 if (**s == ',')
5552 {
5553 *s += 1;
5554 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5555 *s += 1;
5556 c = **s;
5557 **s = 0x00;
5558
5559 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5560 {
5561 cmpltr = 0;
5562 }
5563 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5564 {
5565 cmpltr = 1;
5566 }
5567 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5568 {
5569 cmpltr = 2;
5570 }
5571 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5572 {
5573 cmpltr = 3;
5574 }
5575 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5576 {
5577 cmpltr = 4;
5578 }
5579 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5580 {
5581 cmpltr = 5;
5582 }
5583 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5584 {
5585 cmpltr = 6;
5586 }
5587 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5588 {
5589 cmpltr = 7;
5590 }
5591 else
5592 {
5593 cmpltr = -1;
5594 }
5595 **s = c;
5596 }
5597
5598 return cmpltr;
5599 }
5600
5601 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5602 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5603
5604 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5605 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5606 computational instruction. */
5607
5608 static int
5609 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5610 char **s;
5611 int isbranch;
5612 {
5613 int cmpltr;
5614 char *name = *s + 1;
5615 char c;
5616 char *save_s = *s;
5617
5618 cmpltr = 0;
5619 if (**s == ',')
5620 {
5621 *s += 1;
5622 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5623 *s += 1;
5624 c = **s;
5625 **s = 0x00;
5626 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5627 {
5628 cmpltr = 1;
5629 }
5630 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5631 {
5632 cmpltr = 2;
5633 }
5634 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5635 {
5636 cmpltr = 3;
5637 }
5638 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5639 {
5640 cmpltr = 4;
5641 }
5642 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5643 {
5644 cmpltr = 5;
5645 }
5646 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5647 {
5648 cmpltr = 6;
5649 }
5650 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5651 {
5652 cmpltr = 7;
5653 }
5654 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5655 completer. */
5656 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5657 {
5658 cmpltr = 0;
5659 }
5660 else
5661 {
5662 cmpltr = -1;
5663 }
5664 **s = c;
5665 }
5666
5667 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5668 if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
5669 *s = save_s;
5670
5671 return cmpltr;
5672 }
5673
5674 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5675 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5676
5677 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5678 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5679 computational instruction). */
5680
5681 static int
5682 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5683 char **s;
5684 int isbranch;
5685 {
5686 int cmpltr;
5687 char *name = *s + 1;
5688 char c;
5689 char *save_s = *s;
5690
5691 cmpltr = 0;
5692 if (**s == ',')
5693 {
5694 *s += 1;
5695 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5696 *s += 1;
5697 c = **s;
5698 **s = 0x00;
5699 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5700 {
5701 cmpltr = 0;
5702 }
5703 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5704 {
5705 cmpltr = 1;
5706 }
5707 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5708 {
5709 cmpltr = 2;
5710 }
5711 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5712 {
5713 cmpltr = 3;
5714 }
5715 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5716 {
5717 cmpltr = 4;
5718 }
5719 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5720 {
5721 cmpltr = 5;
5722 }
5723 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5724 {
5725 cmpltr = 6;
5726 }
5727 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5728 {
5729 cmpltr = 7;
5730 }
5731 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5732 completer. */
5733 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5734 {
5735 cmpltr = 0;
5736 }
5737 else
5738 {
5739 cmpltr = -1;
5740 }
5741 **s = c;
5742 }
5743
5744 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5745 if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
5746 *s = save_s;
5747
5748 return cmpltr;
5749 }
5750
5751 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5752 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5753
5754 static int
5755 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5756 char **s;
5757 {
5758 int cmpltr;
5759 char *name = *s + 1;
5760 char c;
5761 char *save_s = *s;
5762 int nullify = 0;
5763
5764 cmpltr = 0;
5765 if (**s == ',')
5766 {
5767 *s += 1;
5768 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5769 *s += 1;
5770 c = **s;
5771 **s = 0x00;
5772 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5773 {
5774 cmpltr = 1;
5775 }
5776 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5777 {
5778 cmpltr = 2;
5779 }
5780 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5781 {
5782 cmpltr = 3;
5783 }
5784 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5785 {
5786 cmpltr = 4;
5787 }
5788 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5789 {
5790 cmpltr = 5;
5791 }
5792 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5793 {
5794 cmpltr = 6;
5795 }
5796 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5797 {
5798 cmpltr = 7;
5799 }
5800 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5801 {
5802 cmpltr = 8;
5803 }
5804 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5805 {
5806 cmpltr = 9;
5807 }
5808 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5809 {
5810 cmpltr = 10;
5811 }
5812 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5813 {
5814 cmpltr = 11;
5815 }
5816 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5817 {
5818 cmpltr = 12;
5819 }
5820 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5821 {
5822 cmpltr = 13;
5823 }
5824 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5825 {
5826 cmpltr = 14;
5827 }
5828 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5829 {
5830 cmpltr = 15;
5831 }
5832 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5833 completer. */
5834 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5835 {
5836 cmpltr = 0;
5837 nullify = 1;
5838 }
5839 else
5840 {
5841 cmpltr = -1;
5842 }
5843 **s = c;
5844 }
5845
5846 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5847 if (nullify)
5848 *s = save_s;
5849
5850 return cmpltr;
5851 }
5852
5853 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5854 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5855 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5856 static void
5857 pa_align (bytes)
5858 int bytes;
5859 {
5860 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5861 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5862
5863 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5864 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5865
5866 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5867 alignment if necessary. */
5868 if (log2 (bytes) != -1)
5869 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, log2 (bytes));
5870 }
5871 #endif
5872
5873 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5874
5875 static void
5876 pa_block (z)
5877 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5878 {
5879 char *p;
5880 long int temp_fill;
5881 unsigned int temp_size;
5882 unsigned int i;
5883
5884 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5885 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5886 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5887 #endif
5888
5889 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5890
5891 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5892 temp_fill = 0;
5893
5894 p = frag_var (rs_fill, (int) temp_size, (int) temp_size,
5895 (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) 1, NULL);
5896 memset (p, 0, temp_size);
5897
5898 /* Convert 2 bytes at a time. */
5899
5900 for (i = 0; i < temp_size; i += 2)
5901 {
5902 md_number_to_chars (p + i,
5903 (valueT) temp_fill,
5904 (int) ((temp_size - i) > 2 ? 2 : (temp_size - i)));
5905 }
5906
5907 pa_undefine_label ();
5908 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5909 }
5910
5911 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5912
5913 static void
5914 pa_brtab (begin)
5915 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5916 {
5917
5918 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5919 /* The BRTAB relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5920 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5921 char *where = frag_more (0);
5922
5923 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5924 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5925 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5926 e_fsel, 0, 0, NULL);
5927 #endif
5928
5929 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5930 }
5931
5932 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5933
5934 static void
5935 pa_try (begin)
5936 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5937 {
5938 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5939 expressionS exp;
5940 char *where = frag_more (0);
5941
5942 if (! begin)
5943 expression (&exp);
5944
5945 /* The TRY relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5946 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5947
5948 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5949 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5950 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5951 e_fsel, 0, 0, NULL);
5952 #endif
5953
5954 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5955 }
5956
5957 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
5958 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5959 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
5960
5961 static void
5962 pa_call (unused)
5963 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5964 {
5965 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5966 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5967 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5968 #endif
5969
5970 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5971 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5972 }
5973
5974 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5975 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
5976
5977 static void
5978 pa_call_args (call_desc)
5979 struct call_desc *call_desc;
5980 {
5981 char *name, c, *p;
5982 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5983
5984 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5985 {
5986 name = input_line_pointer;
5987 c = get_symbol_end ();
5988 /* Process a source argument. */
5989 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5990 {
5991 temp = atoi (name + 4);
5992 p = input_line_pointer;
5993 *p = c;
5994 input_line_pointer++;
5995 name = input_line_pointer;
5996 c = get_symbol_end ();
5997 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5998 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
5999 }
6000 /* Process a return value. */
6001 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
6002 {
6003 p = input_line_pointer;
6004 *p = c;
6005 input_line_pointer++;
6006 name = input_line_pointer;
6007 c = get_symbol_end ();
6008 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6009 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
6010 }
6011 else
6012 {
6013 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6014 }
6015 p = input_line_pointer;
6016 *p = c;
6017 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6018 input_line_pointer++;
6019 }
6020 }
6021
6022 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6023
6024 static int
6025 is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6026 fragS *frag1;
6027 fragS *frag2;
6028 {
6029
6030 if (frag1 == NULL)
6031 return (FALSE);
6032 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6033 return (FALSE);
6034 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6035 return (TRUE);
6036 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6037 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6038 else
6039 return (FALSE);
6040 }
6041
6042 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6043 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6044 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6045 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6046 of the unwind spaces. */
6047
6048 static void
6049 pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6050 struct call_info *call_info;
6051 {
6052 char *unwind;
6053 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6054 subsegT save_subseg;
6055 unsigned int i;
6056 int reloc;
6057 char c, *p;
6058
6059 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
6060 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6061 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6062 return;
6063
6064 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6065 save_seg = now_seg;
6066 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6067 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6068 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6069 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6070 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6071 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6072 {
6073 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6074 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6075 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6076 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6077 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6078 }
6079
6080 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6081
6082 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6083 descriptor. */
6084 p = frag_more (4);
6085 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6086
6087 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6088 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6089 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6090 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6091 e_fsel, 32, 0, NULL);
6092
6093 p = frag_more (4);
6094 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6095
6096 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6097
6098 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6099 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6100 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6101 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6102 finished with its work. */
6103
6104 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6105 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6106 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6107 e_fsel, 32, 0, NULL);
6108
6109 /* Dump it. */
6110 unwind = (char *) &call_info->ci_unwind;
6111 for (i = 8; i < sizeof (struct unwind_table); i++)
6112 {
6113 c = *(unwind + i);
6114 {
6115 FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (c);
6116 }
6117 }
6118
6119 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6120 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6121 }
6122 #endif
6123
6124 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6125 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6126 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6127
6128 static void
6129 pa_callinfo (unused)
6130 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6131 {
6132 char *name, c, *p;
6133 int temp;
6134
6135 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6136 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6137 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6138 #endif
6139
6140 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6141 if (!within_procedure)
6142 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6143
6144 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6145 current procedure. */
6146 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6147
6148 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6149 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6150 {
6151 name = input_line_pointer;
6152 c = get_symbol_end ();
6153 /* Frame size specification. */
6154 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6155 {
6156 p = input_line_pointer;
6157 *p = c;
6158 input_line_pointer++;
6159 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6160 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6161 {
6162 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6163 temp = 0;
6164 }
6165
6166 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6167 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6168
6169 }
6170 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6171 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6172 {
6173 p = input_line_pointer;
6174 *p = c;
6175 input_line_pointer++;
6176 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6177 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6178 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6179 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6180 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6181 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6182 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6183 }
6184 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6185 {
6186 p = input_line_pointer;
6187 *p = c;
6188 input_line_pointer++;
6189 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6190 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6191 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6192 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6193 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6194 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6195 }
6196 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6197 {
6198 p = input_line_pointer;
6199 *p = c;
6200 input_line_pointer++;
6201 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6202 if (temp != 3)
6203 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6204 }
6205 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6206 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6207 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6208 {
6209 p = input_line_pointer;
6210 *p = c;
6211 }
6212 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6213 {
6214 p = input_line_pointer;
6215 *p = c;
6216 }
6217 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6218 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6219 {
6220 p = input_line_pointer;
6221 *p = c;
6222 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6223 }
6224 /* Likewise for SP. */
6225 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6226 {
6227 p = input_line_pointer;
6228 *p = c;
6229 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6230 }
6231 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6232 in the unwind descriptor. */
6233 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6234 {
6235 p = input_line_pointer;
6236 *p = c;
6237 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6238 }
6239 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6240 unwind descriptor. */
6241 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6242 {
6243 p = input_line_pointer;
6244 *p = c;
6245 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6246 }
6247 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6248 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6249 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6250 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6251 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6252 {
6253 p = input_line_pointer;
6254 *p = c;
6255 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6256 }
6257 else
6258 {
6259 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6260 *input_line_pointer = c;
6261 }
6262 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6263 input_line_pointer++;
6264 }
6265
6266 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6267 }
6268
6269 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
6270 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6271 label when finished. */
6272 static void
6273 pa_text (unused)
6274 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6275 {
6276 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6277 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6278 current_subspace
6279 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6280 #endif
6281
6282 s_text (0);
6283 pa_undefine_label ();
6284 }
6285
6286 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6287 static void
6288 pa_data (unused)
6289 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6290 {
6291 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6292 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6293 current_subspace
6294 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6295 #endif
6296 s_data (0);
6297 pa_undefine_label ();
6298 }
6299
6300 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6301 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6302
6303 <label> .comm <length>
6304
6305 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6306 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6307 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6308 and subspace.
6309
6310 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6311
6312 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6313 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6314 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6315 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6316 a pain.
6317
6318 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6319
6320 static void
6321 pa_comm (unused)
6322 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6323 {
6324 unsigned int size;
6325 symbolS *symbol;
6326 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6327
6328 if (label_symbol)
6329 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6330 else
6331 symbol = NULL;
6332
6333 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6334 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6335
6336 if (symbol)
6337 {
6338 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6339 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6340 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6341
6342 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6343 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6344 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6345 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6346 }
6347 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6348 }
6349 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)) */
6350
6351 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6352
6353 static void
6354 pa_end (unused)
6355 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6356 {
6357 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6358 }
6359
6360 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6361 static void
6362 pa_enter (unused)
6363 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6364 {
6365 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6366 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6367 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6368 #endif
6369
6370 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6371 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6372 }
6373
6374 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6375 procesure. */
6376 static void
6377 pa_entry (unused)
6378 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6379 {
6380 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6381 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6382 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6383 #endif
6384
6385 if (!within_procedure)
6386 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6387 else
6388 {
6389 if (!callinfo_found)
6390 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6391 }
6392 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6393 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6394
6395 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6396 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6397 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6398 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6399 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6400
6401 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6402 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6403 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6404 denote the entry and exit points. */
6405 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6406 {
6407 char *where = frag_more (0);
6408
6409 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6410 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6411 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6412 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6413 }
6414 #endif
6415 }
6416
6417 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6418 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6419 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6420 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6421
6422 int
6423 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6424 expressionS *resultP;
6425 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6426 expressionS *rightP;
6427 {
6428 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6429 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6430 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6431 {
6432 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6433 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6434 }
6435 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6436 }
6437
6438 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6439
6440 static void
6441 pa_equ (reg)
6442 int reg;
6443 {
6444 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6445 symbolS *symbol;
6446
6447 if (label_symbol)
6448 {
6449 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6450 if (reg)
6451 {
6452 strict = 1;
6453 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6454 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6455 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6456 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6457 }
6458 else
6459 {
6460 expressionS exp;
6461 segT seg;
6462
6463 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6464 seg = expression (&exp);
6465 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6466 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6467 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6468 {
6469 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6470 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6471 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6472 seg = absolute_section;
6473 }
6474 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6475 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6476 }
6477 }
6478 else
6479 {
6480 if (reg)
6481 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6482 else
6483 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6484 }
6485
6486 pa_undefine_label ();
6487 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6488 }
6489
6490 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6491 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6492 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6493
6494 static void
6495 process_exit ()
6496 {
6497 char *where;
6498
6499 where = frag_more (0);
6500
6501 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6502 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6503 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6504 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6505 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6506 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6507 #else
6508 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6509 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6510 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6511 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6512
6513 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6514 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6515 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6516 denote the entry and exit points. */
6517 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6518 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6519 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6520 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor + 1);
6521 #endif
6522 }
6523
6524 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6525
6526 static void
6527 pa_exit (unused)
6528 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6529 {
6530 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6531 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6532 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6533 #endif
6534
6535 if (!within_procedure)
6536 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6537 else
6538 {
6539 if (!callinfo_found)
6540 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6541 else
6542 {
6543 if (!within_entry_exit)
6544 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6545 else
6546 {
6547 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6548 process_exit ();
6549 }
6550 }
6551 }
6552 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6553 }
6554
6555 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6556 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6557 to callers. */
6558
6559 static void
6560 pa_export (unused)
6561 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6562 {
6563 char *name, c, *p;
6564 symbolS *symbol;
6565
6566 name = input_line_pointer;
6567 c = get_symbol_end ();
6568 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6569 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6570 {
6571 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6572 p = input_line_pointer;
6573 *p = c;
6574 input_line_pointer++;
6575 }
6576 else
6577 {
6578 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6579 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6580 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6581 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6582 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6583 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6584 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6585 p = input_line_pointer;
6586 *p = c;
6587 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6588 {
6589 input_line_pointer++;
6590 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6591 }
6592 }
6593
6594 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6595 }
6596
6597 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6598
6599 static void
6600 pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6601 symbolS *symbolP;
6602 int is_export;
6603 {
6604 char *name, c, *p;
6605 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6606 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6607 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6608
6609 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6610
6611 {
6612 input_line_pointer += 8;
6613 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6614 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6615 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6616 }
6617 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6618 {
6619 input_line_pointer += 4;
6620 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6621 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6622
6623 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6624 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6625 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6626 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6627 {
6628 if (is_export)
6629 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6630 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6631
6632 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6633 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6634 }
6635 else
6636 {
6637 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6638 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6639 }
6640 }
6641 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6642 {
6643 input_line_pointer += 4;
6644 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6645 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6646 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6647 }
6648 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6649 {
6650 input_line_pointer += 5;
6651 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6652 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6653 }
6654 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6655 {
6656 input_line_pointer += 9;
6657 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6658 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6659 {
6660 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6661 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6662 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6663 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6664 }
6665 #endif
6666 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6667 }
6668 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6669 {
6670 input_line_pointer += 6;
6671 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6672 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6673 }
6674 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6675 {
6676 input_line_pointer += 8;
6677 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6678 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6679 }
6680 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6681 {
6682 input_line_pointer += 8;
6683 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6684 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6685 }
6686
6687 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6688 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6689 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6690 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6691 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6692 #endif
6693
6694 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6695 handle any argument relocation information. */
6696 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6697 {
6698 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6699 input_line_pointer++;
6700 name = input_line_pointer;
6701 c = get_symbol_end ();
6702 /* Argument sources. */
6703 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6704 {
6705 p = input_line_pointer;
6706 *p = c;
6707 input_line_pointer++;
6708 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6709 name = input_line_pointer;
6710 c = get_symbol_end ();
6711 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6712 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6713 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6714 #endif
6715 *input_line_pointer = c;
6716 }
6717 /* The return value. */
6718 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6719 {
6720 p = input_line_pointer;
6721 *p = c;
6722 input_line_pointer++;
6723 name = input_line_pointer;
6724 c = get_symbol_end ();
6725 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6726 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6727 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6728 #endif
6729 *input_line_pointer = c;
6730 }
6731 /* Privelege level. */
6732 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6733 {
6734 p = input_line_pointer;
6735 *p = c;
6736 input_line_pointer++;
6737 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6738 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6739 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6740 #endif
6741 c = get_symbol_end ();
6742 *input_line_pointer = c;
6743 }
6744 else
6745 {
6746 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6747 p = input_line_pointer;
6748 *p = c;
6749 }
6750 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6751 input_line_pointer++;
6752 }
6753 }
6754
6755 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6756 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6757 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6758
6759 static void
6760 pa_import (unused)
6761 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6762 {
6763 char *name, c, *p;
6764 symbolS *symbol;
6765
6766 name = input_line_pointer;
6767 c = get_symbol_end ();
6768
6769 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6770 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6771 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6772 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6773 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6774 {
6775 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6776 p = input_line_pointer;
6777 *p = c;
6778
6779 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6780 {
6781 input_line_pointer++;
6782 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6783 }
6784 else
6785 {
6786 /* Sigh. To be compatable with the HP assembler and to help
6787 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6788 the the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6789 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6790 if (now_seg == text_section)
6791 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6792
6793 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6794 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6795 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6796 }
6797 }
6798 else
6799 {
6800 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6801 the end of the current statement. */
6802 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6803 input_line_pointer++;
6804 }
6805
6806 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6807 }
6808
6809 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6810
6811 static void
6812 pa_label (unused)
6813 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6814 {
6815 char *name, c, *p;
6816
6817 name = input_line_pointer;
6818 c = get_symbol_end ();
6819
6820 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6821 {
6822 colon (name);
6823 p = input_line_pointer;
6824 *p = c;
6825 }
6826 else
6827 {
6828 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6829 }
6830
6831 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6832 {
6833 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6834 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6835 }
6836 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6837 }
6838
6839 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6840
6841 static void
6842 pa_leave (unused)
6843 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6844 {
6845 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6846 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6847 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6848 #endif
6849
6850 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6851 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6852 }
6853
6854 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6855
6856 static void
6857 pa_level (unused)
6858 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6859 {
6860 char *level;
6861
6862 level = input_line_pointer;
6863 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6864 {
6865 input_line_pointer += 3;
6866 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6867 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6868 }
6869 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6870 {
6871 input_line_pointer += 3;
6872 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6873 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6874 }
6875 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6876 {
6877 input_line_pointer += 4;
6878 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6879 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6880 }
6881 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6882 {
6883 input_line_pointer += 3;
6884 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6885 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6886 }
6887 else
6888 {
6889 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6890 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6891 }
6892 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6893 }
6894
6895 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6896
6897 static void
6898 pa_origin (unused)
6899 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6900 {
6901 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6902 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6903 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6904 #endif
6905
6906 s_org (0);
6907 pa_undefine_label ();
6908 }
6909
6910 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6911 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6912
6913 static void
6914 pa_param (unused)
6915 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6916 {
6917 char *name, c, *p;
6918 symbolS *symbol;
6919
6920 name = input_line_pointer;
6921 c = get_symbol_end ();
6922
6923 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6924 {
6925 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6926 p = input_line_pointer;
6927 *p = c;
6928 input_line_pointer++;
6929 }
6930 else
6931 {
6932 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6933 p = input_line_pointer;
6934 *p = c;
6935 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6936 {
6937 input_line_pointer++;
6938 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6939 }
6940 }
6941
6942 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6943 }
6944
6945 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6946 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6947
6948 static void
6949 pa_proc (unused)
6950 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6951 {
6952 struct call_info *call_info;
6953
6954 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6955 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6956 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6957 #endif
6958
6959 if (within_procedure)
6960 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6961
6962 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6963 callinfo_found = FALSE;
6964 within_procedure = TRUE;
6965
6966 /* Create another call_info structure. */
6967 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
6968
6969 if (!call_info)
6970 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6971
6972 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
6973
6974 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
6975
6976 if (call_info_root == NULL)
6977 {
6978 call_info_root = call_info;
6979 last_call_info = call_info;
6980 }
6981 else
6982 {
6983 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
6984 last_call_info = call_info;
6985 }
6986
6987 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
6988
6989 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
6990 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
6991 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
6992
6993 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
6994 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
6995 {
6996 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6997
6998 if (label_symbol)
6999 {
7000 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7001 {
7002 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7003 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7004 }
7005 else
7006 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7007 }
7008 else
7009 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7010 }
7011
7012 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7013 }
7014
7015 /* Process the syntatical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7016 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7017
7018 static void
7019 pa_procend (unused)
7020 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7021 {
7022
7023 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7024 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7025 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7026 #endif
7027
7028 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7029 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7030 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7031
7032 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7033 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7034 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7035 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7036 {
7037 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7038
7039 if (label_symbol)
7040 {
7041 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7042 {
7043 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7044 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7045 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7046 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7047 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7048 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7049 if (within_entry_exit)
7050 {
7051 char *where = frag_more (0);
7052
7053 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7054 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7055 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
7056 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7057 }
7058 #endif
7059 }
7060 else
7061 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7062 }
7063 else
7064 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7065 }
7066
7067 if (!within_procedure)
7068 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7069
7070 if (!callinfo_found)
7071 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7072
7073 if (within_entry_exit)
7074 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7075
7076 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7077 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7078 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7079 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7080 #endif
7081
7082 within_procedure = FALSE;
7083 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7084 pa_undefine_label ();
7085 }
7086
7087 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7088 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7089 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7090
7091 static int
7092 log2 (value)
7093 int value;
7094 {
7095 int shift = 0;
7096
7097 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7098 shift++;
7099
7100 if (shift >= 32)
7101 return -1;
7102 else
7103 return shift;
7104 }
7105
7106 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7107
7108 static void
7109 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7110 {
7111 if (current_space == NULL)
7112 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7113
7114 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7115 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7116 }
7117
7118 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7119 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7120 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7121
7122 static sd_chain_struct *
7123 pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7124 char *space_name;
7125 int create_flag;
7126 {
7127 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7128 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7129 int spnum;
7130 asection *seg = NULL;
7131 sd_chain_struct *space;
7132
7133 /* load default values */
7134 spnum = 0;
7135 sort = 0;
7136 loadable = TRUE;
7137 defined = TRUE;
7138 private = FALSE;
7139 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7140 {
7141 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7142 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7143 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7144 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7145 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7146 }
7147 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7148 {
7149 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7150 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7151 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7152 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7153 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7154 }
7155
7156 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7157 {
7158 print_errors = FALSE;
7159 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7160 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7161 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7162 the line should be ignored. */
7163 strict = 0;
7164 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7165 if (pa_number >= 0)
7166 {
7167 spnum = pa_number;
7168 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7169 }
7170 else
7171 {
7172 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7173 {
7174 input_line_pointer++;
7175 name = input_line_pointer;
7176 c = get_symbol_end ();
7177 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7178 {
7179 *input_line_pointer = c;
7180 input_line_pointer++;
7181 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7182 }
7183 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7184 {
7185 *input_line_pointer = c;
7186 input_line_pointer++;
7187 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7188 }
7189 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7190 {
7191 *input_line_pointer = c;
7192 loadable = FALSE;
7193 }
7194 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7195 {
7196 *input_line_pointer = c;
7197 defined = FALSE;
7198 }
7199 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7200 {
7201 *input_line_pointer = c;
7202 private = TRUE;
7203 }
7204 else
7205 {
7206 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7207 *input_line_pointer = c;
7208 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7209 input_line_pointer++;
7210 }
7211 }
7212 }
7213 print_errors = TRUE;
7214 }
7215
7216 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7217 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7218
7219 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7220 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7221 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7222 the first occurence of a built-in space. */
7223 if (create_flag)
7224 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7225 private, sort, seg, 1);
7226 else
7227 {
7228 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7229 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7230 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7231 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7232 }
7233
7234 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7235 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7236 #endif
7237
7238 return space;
7239 }
7240
7241 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7242 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7243
7244 static void
7245 pa_space (unused)
7246 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7247 {
7248 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7249 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7250
7251 if (within_procedure)
7252 {
7253 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7254 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7255 }
7256 else
7257 {
7258 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7259 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7260 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7261 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7262 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7263 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7264 {
7265 input_line_pointer += 6;
7266 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7267 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7268 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7269 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7270 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7271
7272 current_space = sd_chain;
7273 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7274 current_subspace
7275 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7276 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7277 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7278 return;
7279 }
7280 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7281 {
7282 input_line_pointer += 9;
7283 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7284 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7285 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7286 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7287 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7288
7289 current_space = sd_chain;
7290 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7291 current_subspace
7292 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7293 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7294 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7295 return;
7296 }
7297 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7298 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7299 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7300 {
7301 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7302 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7303 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7304 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7305 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7306 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7307
7308 current_space = sd_chain;
7309
7310 {
7311 asection *gdb_section
7312 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7313
7314 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7315 current_subspace
7316 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7317 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7318 }
7319 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7320 return;
7321 }
7322
7323 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7324 print_errors = 0;
7325 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7326 strict = 0;
7327 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7328 if (pa_number >= 0)
7329 {
7330 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7331 {
7332 current_space = sd_chain;
7333
7334 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7335 current_subspace
7336 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7337 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7338 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7339 return;
7340 }
7341 }
7342
7343 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7344 print_errors = 1;
7345 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7346 name = input_line_pointer;
7347 c = get_symbol_end ();
7348 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7349 strcpy (space_name, name);
7350 *input_line_pointer = c;
7351
7352 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7353 current_space = sd_chain;
7354
7355 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7356 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7357 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7358 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7359 }
7360 }
7361
7362 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7363
7364 static void
7365 pa_spnum (unused)
7366 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7367 {
7368 char *name;
7369 char c;
7370 char *p;
7371 sd_chain_struct *space;
7372
7373 name = input_line_pointer;
7374 c = get_symbol_end ();
7375 space = is_defined_space (name);
7376 if (space)
7377 {
7378 p = frag_more (4);
7379 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7380 }
7381 else
7382 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7383
7384 *input_line_pointer = c;
7385 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7386 }
7387
7388 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7389 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7390
7391 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7392 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7393
7394 static void
7395 pa_subspace (create_new)
7396 int create_new;
7397 {
7398 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7399 char loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7400 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7401 sd_chain_struct *space;
7402 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7403 asection *section;
7404
7405 if (current_space == NULL)
7406 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7407
7408 if (within_procedure)
7409 {
7410 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7411 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7412 }
7413 else
7414 {
7415 name = input_line_pointer;
7416 c = get_symbol_end ();
7417 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7418 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7419 *input_line_pointer = c;
7420
7421 /* Load default values. */
7422 sort = 0;
7423 access = 0x7f;
7424 loadable = 1;
7425 common = 0;
7426 dup_common = 0;
7427 code_only = 0;
7428 zero = 0;
7429 space_index = ~0;
7430 alignment = 1;
7431 quadrant = 0;
7432
7433 space = current_space;
7434 if (create_new)
7435 ssd = NULL;
7436 else
7437 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7438 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7439 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7440 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7441 {
7442 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7443 current_subspace = ssd;
7444 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7445 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7446 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7447 return;
7448 }
7449 else
7450 {
7451 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7452 the builtin subspaces. */
7453 i = 0;
7454 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7455 {
7456 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7457 {
7458 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7459 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7460 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7461 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7462 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7463 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7464 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7465 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7466 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7467 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7468 break;
7469 }
7470 i++;
7471 }
7472 }
7473
7474 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7475 any information as specified by the user. */
7476 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7477 {
7478 input_line_pointer++;
7479 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7480 {
7481 name = input_line_pointer;
7482 c = get_symbol_end ();
7483 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7484 {
7485 *input_line_pointer = c;
7486 input_line_pointer++;
7487 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7488 }
7489 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7490 {
7491 *input_line_pointer = c;
7492 input_line_pointer++;
7493 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7494 if (log2 (alignment) == -1)
7495 {
7496 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7497 alignment = 1;
7498 }
7499 }
7500 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7501 {
7502 *input_line_pointer = c;
7503 input_line_pointer++;
7504 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7505 }
7506 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7507 {
7508 *input_line_pointer = c;
7509 input_line_pointer++;
7510 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7511 }
7512 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7513 {
7514 *input_line_pointer = c;
7515 code_only = 1;
7516 }
7517 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7518 {
7519 *input_line_pointer = c;
7520 loadable = 0;
7521 }
7522 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7523 {
7524 *input_line_pointer = c;
7525 common = 1;
7526 }
7527 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7528 {
7529 *input_line_pointer = c;
7530 dup_common = 1;
7531 }
7532 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7533 {
7534 *input_line_pointer = c;
7535 zero = 1;
7536 }
7537 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7538 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7539 else
7540 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7541 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7542 input_line_pointer++;
7543 }
7544 }
7545
7546 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7547 in the .subspace directive. */
7548 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7549 flags = 0;
7550 if (loadable)
7551 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7552 if (code_only)
7553 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7554 if (common || dup_common)
7555 flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7556
7557 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7558
7559 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7560 if (zero)
7561 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7562
7563 applicable &= flags;
7564
7565 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7566 segment already associated with the subspace.
7567
7568 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7569 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7570 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7571 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7572 if (create_new)
7573 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7574 else if (ssd)
7575 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7576 else
7577 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7578
7579 if (zero)
7580 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7581
7582 /* Now set the flags. */
7583 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7584
7585 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7586 record_alignment (section, log2 (alignment));
7587
7588 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7589 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7590 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7591
7592 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7593 or create a new one. */
7594 if (ssd)
7595
7596 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7597 code_only, common, dup_common,
7598 sort, zero, access, space_index,
7599 alignment, quadrant,
7600 section);
7601 else
7602 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7603 code_only, common,
7604 dup_common, zero, sort,
7605 access, space_index,
7606 alignment, quadrant, section);
7607
7608 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7609 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7610 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7611 }
7612 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7613 }
7614
7615 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7616
7617 static void
7618 pa_spaces_begin ()
7619 {
7620 int i;
7621
7622 space_dict_root = NULL;
7623 space_dict_last = NULL;
7624
7625 i = 0;
7626 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7627 {
7628 char *name;
7629
7630 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7631 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7632
7633 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7634 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7635 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7636 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7637 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7638 i++;
7639 }
7640
7641 i = 0;
7642 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7643 {
7644 char *name;
7645 int applicable, subsegment;
7646 asection *segment = NULL;
7647 sd_chain_struct *space;
7648
7649 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7650 subsegment number. */
7651 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7652 subsegment = 0;
7653
7654 /* Create the new section. */
7655 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7656
7657 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7658 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7659 all the built-in subspaces. */
7660 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7661 {
7662 text_section = segment;
7663 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7664 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7665 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7666 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7667 | SEC_READONLY
7668 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7669 }
7670 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7671 {
7672 data_section = segment;
7673 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7674 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7675 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7676 | SEC_RELOC
7677 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7678
7679 }
7680 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7681 {
7682 bss_section = segment;
7683 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7684 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7685 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7686 }
7687 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7688 {
7689 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7690 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7691 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7692 | SEC_RELOC
7693 | SEC_READONLY
7694 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7695 }
7696 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7697 {
7698 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7699 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7700 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7701 | SEC_RELOC
7702 | SEC_READONLY
7703 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7704 }
7705 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7706 {
7707 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7708 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7709 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7710 | SEC_RELOC
7711 | SEC_READONLY
7712 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7713 }
7714
7715 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7716 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7717 def_space_index].segment);
7718 if (space == NULL)
7719 {
7720 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7721 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7722 }
7723
7724 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7725 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7726 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7727 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7728 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7729 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7730 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7731 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7732 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7733 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7734 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7735 segment);
7736 i++;
7737 }
7738 }
7739
7740 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7741 by the given parameters. */
7742
7743 static sd_chain_struct *
7744 create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7745 sort, seg, user_defined)
7746 char *name;
7747 int spnum;
7748 int loadable;
7749 int defined;
7750 int private;
7751 int sort;
7752 asection *seg;
7753 int user_defined;
7754 {
7755 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7756
7757 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7758 if (!chain_entry)
7759 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7760 name);
7761
7762 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7763 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7764 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7765 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7766 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7767
7768 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7769 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7770 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7771 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7772
7773 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7774 if (!space_dict_last)
7775 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7776
7777 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7778 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7779 else
7780 {
7781 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7782 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7783
7784 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7785 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7786
7787 while (chain_pointer)
7788 {
7789 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7790 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7791 }
7792
7793 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7794 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7795 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7796 {
7797 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7798 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7799 }
7800 else
7801 {
7802 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7803 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7804 }
7805
7806 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7807 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7808 }
7809
7810 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7811 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7812 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7813 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7814 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7815 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7816 #endif
7817
7818 return chain_entry;
7819 }
7820
7821 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7822 by the given parameters.
7823
7824 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7825 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7826
7827 static ssd_chain_struct *
7828 create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common,
7829 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7830 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7831 sd_chain_struct *space;
7832 char *name;
7833 int loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, is_zero;
7834 int sort;
7835 int access;
7836 int space_index;
7837 int alignment;
7838 int quadrant;
7839 asection *seg;
7840 {
7841 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7842
7843 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7844 if (!chain_entry)
7845 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7846
7847 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7848 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7849
7850 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7851 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7852 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7853
7854 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7855 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7856 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7857
7858 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7859 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7860 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7861 else
7862 {
7863 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7864 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7865
7866 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7867 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7868
7869 while (chain_pointer)
7870 {
7871 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7872 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7873 }
7874
7875 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7876 the links. */
7877 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7878 {
7879 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7880 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7881 }
7882 else
7883 {
7884 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7885 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7886 }
7887 }
7888
7889 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7890 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access,
7891 sort, quadrant);
7892 #endif
7893
7894 return chain_entry;
7895 }
7896
7897 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7898 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7899
7900 static ssd_chain_struct *
7901 update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, sort,
7902 zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7903 sd_chain_struct *space;
7904 char *name;
7905 int loadable;
7906 int code_only;
7907 int common;
7908 int dup_common;
7909 int zero;
7910 int sort;
7911 int access;
7912 int space_index;
7913 int alignment;
7914 int quadrant;
7915 asection *section;
7916 {
7917 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7918
7919 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7920
7921 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7922 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access,
7923 sort, quadrant);
7924 #endif
7925
7926 return chain_entry;
7927 }
7928
7929 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7930 NULL if no such space exists. */
7931
7932 static sd_chain_struct *
7933 is_defined_space (name)
7934 char *name;
7935 {
7936 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7937
7938 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7939 chain_pointer;
7940 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7941 {
7942 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7943 return chain_pointer;
7944 }
7945
7946 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7947 return NULL;
7948 }
7949
7950 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7951 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7952
7953 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7954 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7955
7956 static sd_chain_struct *
7957 pa_segment_to_space (seg)
7958 asection *seg;
7959 {
7960 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7961
7962 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7963 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7964 space_chain;
7965 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7966 {
7967 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7968 return space_chain;
7969 }
7970
7971 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
7972 return NULL;
7973 }
7974
7975 /* Return the space chain entry for the subspace with the name NAME or
7976 NULL if no such subspace exists.
7977
7978 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
7979 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
7980 own subspace. */
7981
7982 static ssd_chain_struct *
7983 is_defined_subspace (name)
7984 char *name;
7985 {
7986 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7987 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7988
7989 /* Walk through each space. */
7990 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7991 space_chain;
7992 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7993 {
7994 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
7995 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7996 subspace_chain;
7997 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7998 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
7999 return subspace_chain;
8000 }
8001
8002 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8003 return NULL;
8004 }
8005
8006 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8007 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8008
8009 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8010 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8011 to become more efficient. */
8012
8013 static ssd_chain_struct *
8014 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8015 asection *seg;
8016 subsegT subseg;
8017 {
8018 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8019 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8020
8021 /* Walk through each space. */
8022 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8023 space_chain;
8024 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8025 {
8026 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8027 {
8028 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8029 the correct mapping. */
8030 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8031 subspace_chain;
8032 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8033 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8034 return subspace_chain;
8035 }
8036 }
8037
8038 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8039 return NULL;
8040 }
8041
8042 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8043
8044 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8045 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8046
8047 static sd_chain_struct *
8048 pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8049 int number;
8050 {
8051 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8052
8053 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8054 space_chain;
8055 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8056 {
8057 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8058 return space_chain;
8059 }
8060
8061 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8062 return NULL;
8063 }
8064
8065 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8066 address is unknown then return zero. */
8067
8068 static unsigned int
8069 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8070 sd_chain_struct *space;
8071 int quadrant;
8072 {
8073 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8074 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8075 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8076 return 0x40000000;
8077 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8078 return 0x40000000;
8079 else
8080 return 0;
8081 return 0;
8082 }
8083
8084 /* FIXME. Needs documentation. */
8085 static int
8086 pa_next_subseg (space)
8087 sd_chain_struct *space;
8088 {
8089
8090 space->sd_last_subseg++;
8091 return space->sd_last_subseg;
8092 }
8093 #endif
8094
8095 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8096 a string. */
8097
8098 static unsigned int
8099 pa_stringer_aux (s)
8100 char *s;
8101 {
8102 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8103
8104 switch (c)
8105 {
8106 case '\"':
8107 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8108 break;
8109 default:
8110 break;
8111 }
8112 return c;
8113 }
8114
8115 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8116
8117 static void
8118 pa_stringer (append_zero)
8119 int append_zero;
8120 {
8121 char *s, num_buf[4];
8122 unsigned int c;
8123 int i;
8124
8125 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8126 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8127 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8128
8129 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8130 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8131 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8132 #endif
8133
8134 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8135 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8136
8137 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8138 {
8139 if (c == '\\')
8140 {
8141 c = *s;
8142 switch (c)
8143 {
8144 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8145 case 'x':
8146 {
8147 unsigned int number;
8148 int num_digit;
8149 char dg;
8150 char *s_start = s;
8151
8152 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8153 s++;
8154 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8155 num_digit < 2
8156 && (isdigit (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8157 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8158 num_digit++)
8159 {
8160 if (isdigit (dg))
8161 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8162 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8163 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8164 else
8165 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8166
8167 s++;
8168 dg = *s;
8169 }
8170 if (num_digit > 0)
8171 {
8172 switch (num_digit)
8173 {
8174 case 1:
8175 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8176 break;
8177 case 2:
8178 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8179 break;
8180 }
8181 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8182 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8183 }
8184 break;
8185 }
8186 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8187 default:
8188 s++;
8189 break;
8190 }
8191 }
8192 }
8193 stringer (append_zero);
8194 pa_undefine_label ();
8195 }
8196
8197 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8198
8199 static void
8200 pa_version (unused)
8201 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8202 {
8203 obj_version (0);
8204 pa_undefine_label ();
8205 }
8206
8207 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8208
8209 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8210
8211 static void
8212 pa_compiler (unused)
8213 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8214 {
8215 obj_som_compiler (0);
8216 pa_undefine_label ();
8217 }
8218
8219 #endif
8220
8221 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8222
8223 static void
8224 pa_copyright (unused)
8225 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8226 {
8227 obj_copyright (0);
8228 pa_undefine_label ();
8229 }
8230
8231 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8232 the latest space label. */
8233
8234 static void
8235 pa_cons (nbytes)
8236 int nbytes;
8237 {
8238 cons (nbytes);
8239 pa_undefine_label ();
8240 }
8241
8242 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8243
8244 static void
8245 pa_float_cons (float_type)
8246 int float_type;
8247 {
8248 float_cons (float_type);
8249 pa_undefine_label ();
8250 }
8251
8252 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8253
8254 static void
8255 pa_fill (unused)
8256 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8257 {
8258 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8259 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8260 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8261 #endif
8262
8263 s_fill (0);
8264 pa_undefine_label ();
8265 }
8266
8267 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8268
8269 static void
8270 pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8271 int needs_align;
8272 {
8273 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8274 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8275 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8276 #endif
8277
8278 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8279 pa_undefine_label ();
8280 }
8281
8282 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8283
8284 static void
8285 pa_lsym (unused)
8286 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8287 {
8288 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8289 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8290 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8291 #endif
8292
8293 s_lsym (0);
8294 pa_undefine_label ();
8295 }
8296
8297 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8298 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8299 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8300
8301 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8302 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8303 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8304 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8305 with the address of "foo").
8306
8307 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8308 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8309 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8310
8311 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8312 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8313 selectors).
8314
8315 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8316 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
8317
8318 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8319 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8320 right bits out of an instruction. */
8321
8322 int
8323 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8324 fixS *fixp;
8325 {
8326 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8327
8328 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8329
8330 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8331 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs. */
8332 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32)
8333 return 0;
8334 #endif
8335
8336 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8337 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8338 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8339 return 0;
8340 #endif
8341
8342 if (fixp->fx_addsy && (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy)
8343 || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy)))
8344 return 0;
8345
8346 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8347 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8348
8349 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8350 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8351 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8352 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8353 && fixp->fx_subsy
8354 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8355 {
8356 /* Apparently sy_used_in_reloc never gets set for sub symbols. */
8357 symbol_mark_used_in_reloc (fixp->fx_subsy);
8358 return 0;
8359 }
8360
8361 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8362
8363 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8364 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8365 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8366 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8367 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8368 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8369 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8370 sum to the right value.
8371
8372 eg. Suppose we have
8373 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8374 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8375 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8376
8377 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8378 reducing to the section symbol we get
8379 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8380 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8381 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8382 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8383 mutiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8384
8385 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8386 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8387 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8388 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8389 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8390
8391 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8392 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8393 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8394 return 0;
8395
8396 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8397 relocations with plabels. */
8398 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8399 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8400 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8401 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8402 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8403 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8404 return 0;
8405
8406 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8407 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8408 return 0;
8409
8410 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8411 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8412 return 0;
8413
8414 return 1;
8415 }
8416
8417 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8418 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8419 within GAS. */
8420
8421 int
8422 hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8423 struct fix *fixp;
8424 {
8425 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8426
8427 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8428 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8429 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8430 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8431 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8432 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8433 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8434 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8435 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8436 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8437 return 1;
8438 #endif
8439 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8440 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8441 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8442 return 1;
8443 #endif
8444
8445 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8446
8447 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8448 linking works. */
8449 if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy) || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy))
8450 return 1;
8451
8452 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8453 entry if they're going to need either a argument relocation or long
8454 call stub. */
8455 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8456 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8457 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8458 return 1;
8459
8460 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8461 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8462 {
8463 valueT distance;
8464
8465 distance = (fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy)
8466 - md_pcrel_from (fixp) - 8);
8467 if (distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8468 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17 && distance + 262144 >= 524288)
8469 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8470 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12 && distance + 8192 >= 16384)
8471 #endif
8472 )
8473 return 1;
8474 }
8475
8476 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8477 return 1;
8478
8479 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8480 return 0;
8481 }
8482
8483 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8484 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8485 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8486 the size of the function in hppa_elf_final_processing. */
8487
8488 static void
8489 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8490 {
8491 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8492 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8493 char *name;
8494
8495 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8496 {
8497 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8498 or other problems. */
8499 return;
8500 }
8501
8502 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8503 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8504 + 1);
8505 if (name)
8506 {
8507 symbolS *symbolP;
8508
8509 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8510 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8511
8512 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8513 symbol will have already been defined. */
8514 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8515 if (symbolP)
8516 {
8517 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8518 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8519
8520 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8521 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8522 xfree (name);
8523 }
8524 else
8525 {
8526 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8527 last instruction of the function */
8528 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8529 frag_now);
8530
8531 assert (symbolP);
8532 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8533 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8534 }
8535
8536 if (symbolP)
8537 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8538 else
8539 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8540
8541 }
8542 else
8543 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8544
8545 }
8546
8547 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8548 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8549 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8550 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8551
8552 void
8553 elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8554 {
8555 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8556
8557 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8558 call_info_pointer;
8559 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8560 {
8561 elf_symbol_type *esym
8562 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8563 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8564 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8565 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8566 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8567 }
8568 }
8569
8570 static void
8571 pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8572 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8573 {
8574 struct fix *new_fix;
8575
8576 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8577
8578 if (new_fix)
8579 {
8580 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8581 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8582 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8583 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8584 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8585 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8586 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8587 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8588 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8589 }
8590 }
8591
8592 static void
8593 pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8594 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8595 {
8596 struct fix *new_fix;
8597
8598 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8599
8600 if (new_fix)
8601 {
8602 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8603 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8604 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8605 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8606 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8607 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8608 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8609 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8610 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8611 }
8612 }
8613 #endif
GDB Binutils - Deliverables
This page took 0.206438 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.